Home
Draytek VigorPro 5510
Contents
1. Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Anti Virus e 2011 05 04 DT DT Web Content filter s55 Mot Activated Anti Spam 2010 05 03 2010 06 02 CTCH Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router Update your signature again is recommended Copyright OrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Close 264 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 9 Click Close 10 Open Defense Configuration gt gt Activation page of the router s web configurator The start date and expire date for the license are shown in this page Detense Configuration gt gt Activation Activate via interface WAN Anti Intrusion Anti Yirus License Activate Status DT DT Start Date 2010 05 03 Expire Date 2011 05 04 Activate Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Authentication Message Activated Wiz Activated Wizard query license status Successful 06 07 27 Anti Spam avy At 2010 05 03 Get new license successful 2010 05 03 06 41 45 Get new license successful 2010 05 03 06 31
2. Cx mm rmm Amy sam 11 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and UPR name Configure Standard TCP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name P_ 192 168 1 1 i Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol Raw LPR Raw Settings LPR Settings Queue Name CILPR Byte Counting Enabled C SNMP Status Enabled The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Dray Tek 10 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www draytek com to find out the printer list Open Support gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server and click it then click the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router link About DrayTek Products Support Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt FAQ FAQ Basic FAQ 01 What are the differences among these firmware file formats Basic 02 How could get the telnet command for routers Advanced 03 How can backup restore my configuration settings VPN 04 How do reset clear the router s password DHCP 05 How to bring back my router to its default
3. E i y i R d t a F W 4 i pee ni a eee ay q Tae r d en e an F x r FF g N N ee k k TA i h g T E E r A 1 ps b i N r F d 7 f A k k me wF E j aa A 71 w Unified Threat Manage Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V2 1 VigorPro 5510 Series Unified Threat Management User s Guide Version 2 1 Firmware V3 3 4 Date 08 06 2010 Copyright 2010 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The scope of delivery and other details are subject to change without prior notice Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Dray Te k ii VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide iii Dray Te K Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates GK Dray Tek Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router The route
4. LANO LAN1 LAN YLANG OOOB Ss OOOEks To remove VLAN uncheck the needed box and click OK to save the results 3 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthen control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 53 Dr ay Te k LAN gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Mote JIP MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IP Address Mac Address Index IF Address Mac Address 1927 168 1 10 OO0 OE A6b 2A D5 Al 192 1698 1 100 O0 08 A1 36 97 5D 1 11 O0 13 D4 A44 99 92 pide O0 O0B CD 55 CB 45 1 10 O0 13 D4 A4 99 92 Leded O0 06 A1 01 53 BE Add and Edit IF Address fo Mac Address ee eee Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Disable Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Strict Bind Click this radio button t
5. Bandwidth On Demand Bandwidth On Demand is for Multiple Link PPP ML PPP BOD Setup or MP The parameters are only applied when you set the Link Type to Dialup BOD The ISDN usually use one B channel to access the Internet or remote network when you choose the Dialup BOD link type The router will use the parameters here to decide on when you activate drop the additional B channel Note that eps characters per second measures the total link utilization High Water Mark and High Water Time These parameters specify the situation in which the second channel will be activated With the first connected channel if its utilization exceeds the High Water Mark and such a channel is being used over the High Water Time the additional channel will be activated Thus the total link speed will be 128kbps two B channels Low Water Mark and Low Water Time These parameters specify the situation in which the second channel will be dropped In terms of the two B channels if their utilization is under the Low Water Mark and these two channels are being used over the High Water Time the additional channel will be dropped As a result the total link speed will be 64kbps one B channel 3 13 Wireless LAN This function is used for G models only 3 13 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on
6. Dray Tek 222 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 16 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance system Maintenance 3 16 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time Signature Version Signature Build Date You logged in at 2010 6 8 01 55 52 last time from 192 168 1 11 VigorPro5510 series gt 3 3 4 Nov 25 2009 09 53 01 basic Tue Aug 29 09 16 25 00 2006 system WAM 1 CPU Usage 396 Link Status Disconnected Total Memory 256M MAC Address OO S50 7F C4 Cc 45 Memory usage 15 Connection Static IF IP Address 172 16 3 229 LAN Default Gateway ri 2 oii MAC Address 00 S0 7F C4 Cc 44 Mode ee ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 ist Subnet Mask p255 26E 2550 WAN 2 DHCP Server Yes Link Status Connected DNS 166 95 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F C4 CC 46 Connection Static IP IF Address 172 16 3 102 Default Gateway 172 16 1 1 Mode NAT Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Display the firmware
7. Dray Tek 80 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 5 Objects Settings For IPs in a range service ports in a limited range and keywords usually will be applied for configuring router s settings we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object service for applying For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address Objects Setting VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 81 Dray Te k 3 5 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Name al ee pREBe empere reyr Set to Factory Default Click the number under Index Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 1 Name Interface Address Type Mac Address Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection Setto Factory Default Index Name Ww ee IR MR N IR N RO RO RO IR N j j j FFEBBRBEBEBRBEEBEER Clear all profiles column for settings in detail RD Department Any Yv Range Address v co Heo Heo 0 192 168 1 64 192 168 1 75 d Name Interface Dray Tek Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface WAN LAN or Any Interface For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask
8. Receiver Subject Destroy Tag Message Max 30 characters Enable Anti Spam Server Query Need license Select an Action for Each Category 3 Category Action Log Message Max 30 characters Spam Tag VigorPro SPAM Bulk Tag VigorPro BULK Time Out Pass F Profile Name Choose Protocol to Scan Spam Enable SPAM Grey List Defense Enable Black White List VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Type a name for such profile setting Spam files usually come with protocol of SMTP or POP3 Please check the box that you want to avoid It would be better to check both protocols In addition you can check Log All Mail Events to send record of all mail events to syslog Grey List is a method for e mail against spam A mail transfer agent MTA using grey list will temporarily reject any email from a sender it does not recognize If the mail is legal the server will check it again and the email will be accepted If the mail is from a spammer it will probably not be retried since a spammer goes through thousands of email addresses and can not afford the time delay to retry Check this button to enable SPAM grey list defense function In addition you can check Log Grey List Events to send record of events to syslog Check this box to enable black and white list settings Priority Selection Choose Pass First for passing the mails matching with Black and White
9. Type the PPP username optional Type the PPP password optional 1i Dray Tek Index 1 15 Set the PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work 3 1 5 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WANI or WAN interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when both WANI and WAN2 are activated WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Index Enable Protocol WAR pie oad ae oa poe ae Eni b Start End 2 O any k UP Down 3 OF w E UP Down 4 O any i UP Down 5 O any be UP Down 6 O jay UP Down T O fany J UP Down 8 O any be UP Down 9 OF ay UP Down 10 O any qj UP Down lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Click the number of index to access into the load balance policy configuration web page Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface Dray Tek 42 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide
10. ccccccccssseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeas 271 Application and Examples sssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn 273 5 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 273 5 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 280 So IO 5 PIG ANC aeaa a E E 284 54 LAN Created by Using NAT eee nem et een E ET 287 5 5 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router ccccceseecceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeessaseeees 289 5 6 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA S IVel scccceseeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeees 292 5 7 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Servet ccsceeeeeeeeees 297 Tro ble SO OUI sesioa E SEENE 299 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or NoOb ccccccccccccecceseeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesssaaaeeseeeees 299 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 299 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your COMPUTES cccccceeseeceecceessceeeeceeeeceeeceeeceeeteeeeeeesessaaeeeess 302 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or NOt ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeees 303 6 5 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary 2 22 2 cceeeeceeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 305 6 6 Contacting Your Dealer ccccccccsceeccceeeeceaeeeeecceeeeeeeeeseseeeeeseesaeeeeeceeeessauaaseeee
11. Activated Date 2000 1 Expired Date 2020 12 M 31 v O Connect all WDS links with this VLAN group O Isolate each member in this VLAN group Activated Date Use the drop down lists to set the activated date for the wireless VLAN The wireless VLAN function will be available when the time is arrival Expired Date Use the drop down lists to set the expired date for the wireless VALN This function will be invalid when the time is arrival Connect all WDS links with this VALN group Check this box to activate this connection Isolate each member in this VLAN group Check this box to isolate all the members in this VLAN group and not allow the information sharing among them Disable broadcast and Check this box to prevent broadcast and multicast traffic multicast traffic forwarding to all W_VLAN VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 211 Dray Te k How can you wireless client access into Internet After finishing the configuration of wireless VLAN the wireless clients connecting to this router must do the following steps to access into Internet 1 Open a browser and type http www draytek vlan login htm or http vigor router s IP address login htm on the address line 2 The following screen will appear DrayTek Wireless VLAN Login ID City 3 Type in Login ID and Password that was configured in Wireless VLAN Setup page In this case we choose the configuration set in first group of
12. Always On or Idle Timeout Enable PING to Keep alive PING to the IP ISDN Dray Tek as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 as the only channel for VPN connection WAN2 First While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WAN2 Only While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the only channel for VPN connection Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission o
13. Apply Now VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 301 Dray Te k 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 6 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows L 2 4 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear cs Command Prompt Microsoft Windows AP Version 5 1 2600 tC Copyright 1985 2661 Microsoft Corp D 5 Documents and Settings fae ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 timetims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost CH loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum Ams Maximum Ams Average Pms D 5 Documents and Settings fae gt _ Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link
14. Show Chart WANI Bandwidth v Weekly Refresh Mints 1 Refresh The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI WAN2 Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past 3 17 9 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping through Unspecified v Ping to Host IP _ IP Address Run Result Clear Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Ping through Unspecified Unspecified WANT WAN VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 241 Dray Te k Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping Ping to Host IP hal Host IP Gateway satevVaye ONS IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 3 17 10 Trace Route
15. 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest Port Start i Binding Fragmented NO Binding Protocol Finish setting up Detail Information VPN Load Balance Profile name MKT Algorithm Fastest No 1 gt Tunnel Bind Table Index Binding Dial Out Index 1 Binding protocol TCP Protocol 6 Binding Srce IP 192 168 10 24 192 168 10 24 Binding Dst IP 192 168 1 20 192 168 1 20 Binding Dst Port 20 21 Binding Fragmented NO Note To configure a successful binding tunnel you have to Type Binding Src IP range Start and End and Binding Des IP range Start and End Choose YES or NO for Binding Fragmented If you choose YES for Binding Fragmented you don t need to choose Binding Protocol Type Binding Src IP range Start and End and Binding Des IP range Start and End Choose YES or 176 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Advanced Backup NO for Binding Fragmented If you choose NO for Binding Fragmented please choose TCP UDP IGMP ICMP or Other as Binding Protocol E http 192 168 1 1 FH Backup Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer YPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Mame ERD Mode Detail Information Normal O Recover Timer 3600 D or 60 2147493647 Resume Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode A Profile Name ERD Mode Detail Information VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide F
16. 4ES 128 bits and 3DES Default RC4 128 bits OLow DES Note The settings will act on all SSL applications Port Such port is set for SSL VPN server It will not affect the HTTPS Port configuration set in System Maintenance gt gt Management In general the default setting 1s 443 Server Certificate When the client does not set any certificate default certificate will be used for HTTPS and SSL VPN server Choose any one of the user defined certificates from the drop down list if users set several certificates previously Otherwise choose Self signed to use the router s built in default certificate The default certificate can be used in SSL VPN server and HTTPS Web Proxy Encryption Key Algorithm Choose the encryption level for the data connection in SSL VPN server Dray Tek 216 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 15 2 SSL Web Proxy SSL Web Proxy will allow the remote users to access the internal web sites over SSL It is used to access web servers on LAN side from browser With such function user s or administrator s can register and access the specified web server on LAN behind the router through any web browser Such page allows you to set interior web server profiles Web Access Control gt gt SSL Web Proxy SSL Web Proxy Servers Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name URL Active TeEERB RE Beer eee eee Name Display the name of the profile that you create URL Display the URL Active Display
17. Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace through Unspecified Protocol ICMP ow Host IP Address fo Fun Result Clear Trace through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Trace through Unspeciied Unspecified WAM WAMA Protocol Use the drop down list to choose suitable protocol ICMP Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Dray Tek 242 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Run Clear 3 17 11 AV Al Top 10 This page provides information for the Top 10 of Anti Virus and Anti Intrusion signatures used frequently Click this button to start route tracing work Click this link to remove the result on the window Diagnostics gt gt Top 10 Information AY Top 10 List Mo O OO MA n E OF M e AI Top 10 List mo CO a Om wm B amp B WwW M e co VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide SID 21593 2301 ee4tl 34196 35493 35496 35497 35082 35656 356867 SID 1336 1467 440 count me pm pms ee pman ay pma pma m count mm mg imn pms pE pme e a a ea 243 Mame Bagle AC Bagle
18. Default Operation Protocol SMTP POP IMAP HTTP FTP Enable Virus Scan Enable Lag Detect Macro Attachment d O F C d Detect Encrypted Zipped Files F C F LI C Detect Suspicious Compression E d d d d Compression Ratio Threshold ad Append Message Fi File Filter 1 default 1 default 1 default 1 default 1 default Black Fragmented Mail C F Block Multiple Sessions Download O Mote If the document file is generated by Microsoft Office 2003 or earlier version we advise you to enable Detect Macro Attachment function Profile Name Type a name for the profile Protocol Currently only the files transmitted through the protocols listed in this page including SMTP POP3 IMAP HTTP and FTP will be scanned by this router Action Choose the action that you want to apply to the protocols of each operation Action Pass Detect if there is any virus for your reference The system will not do any advanced action for such condition Destroy Destroy the infected file found by the router system However the file will be downloaded still Reset Break down the communication between your computer and specific link which might have virus included Enable Virus Scan Check this box to enable the general virus scan procedure for different protocols Enable Log In order to show the virus detection log on the window of Draytek Syslog you have to check the log box here and enable the SysLog Access Setup fr
19. Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection URL Content Filter IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Dray Tek 64 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Outgoing Traffic Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike
20. LOGIN Auth Code si AYi GXZ lf you cannot read the word click here Forget password Don t have a MyViger Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 880 3 597 2727 oF email to webmastenadraytek com 5 Click the link of Create an account now 6 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile O hgreemem COLLELL My igor Agreement LLLE 1 Agreement Gerson al Information Draytek provides MyVigor my vigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use My igor service t means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the items without any reasons It is E Preterences suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVvigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement f please stop using MyVigor service E competion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions Ut a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service be DU BLOVIS AL UCOLLCEL G ake information here Dra
21. NAT gt Address Mapping Index No 1 Enable Protocol Private IP Subnet Mask Enable Check to enable this entry Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or ALL for selection WAN IP Select an IP address the selections provided here are set in IP Alias List of Network gt gt WAN interface Local host can use this IP to connect to Internet If you want to choose any one of the Public IP settings you must specify some IP addresses in the IP Alias List of the Static DHCP Configuration page first If you did not type in any IP address in VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 63 Dray Te k the IP Alias List the Public IP setting will be empty in this field When you click Apply a message will appear to inform you Private IP Assign an IP address e g 192 168 1 10 or a subnet to be compared with the Public IP address for incoming packets Subnet Mask Select a value of subnet mask for private IP address 3 4 Firewall 3 4 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection
22. NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WANZ2 WAN 1 None kai Private IP OoOo Choose PC MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host foo foo foo Joo oo Mote When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on WAN NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WANT Enable Private IP Tal 0 0 0 0 Choose PC WAN2 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 59 Dr ay Te k WANI This page allows you to configure Private IP or Active True IP as DMZ host WAN2 This page allows you to configure Private IP as DMZ host Private IP If you choose Private IP as DMZ host you can type a private IP in this box or use Choose PC button to choose the one you want MAC Address of the If you choose Active True IP as DMZ host please type the True MAC address of the one you want If you previously have set up WAN Alias in Internet Access gt gt PPPoE you will find them in Aux WAN IP list for your selection NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WANZ WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAR IP Private IP Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ hos
23. The Virtual TA client only supports the CAPI 2 0 protocol and has no built in FAX engine One ISDN BRI interface has two B channels The maximum number of active clients is also 2 Before you configure the Virtual TA you must set the correct country code in ISDN Setup ISDN gt gt Virtual TA Yirtual TA Setup Virtual TA Server Enable Disable Virtual TA Users Profiles Username Password MSNi MSNZ MSNA Active Loo d COo J COCO TEC TL 1 m LL d COO T Oo FTO JTL _ 1 m sL o T COO T Ooo TITL _ ITL 1 m aL CE T COCO TO IL J sLoOo o S OO T O TO TLO E Virtual TA Server Enable Select it to activate the server Disable Select it to deactivate the server All Virtual TA applications will be terminated Virtual TA User Profiles Username Enter the username of a specific client Password Enter the password of a specific client MSN 1 2 3 MSN stands for Multiple Subscriber Number It means you can apply to more than one ISDN lines number over a single subscribed line Note that the service must be acquired from your telecom Specify the MSN numbers for a specific client If you have no MSN services leave this field blank Active Check it to enable the client to access the server Install a Virtual TA Client 1 Insert the CD ROM bundled with your Vigor router Find VTA Client tool in the Utility menu and click on the Install button 2 Follow the on screen instructions of the installer The last step wi
24. To complete this wizard click Finish i Cancel VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 9 Dr ay Te k 9 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use pm Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer Eidi AST i Canon v lala sA By This driver is digitally signed Windows Update Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings 9 Sa Brother HL 1070 Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port Description Printer O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 O P_1 Standard TCP IP Port O IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port HP Laserdet 1300 O P_1 Standard TCP IP Port O IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port M IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port Brother HL 1070 O POF LocalPort PDF995
25. Use default gateway on remote network 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner 5 3 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in the restroom 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Class Class Class eae Index Status Bandwidth Directon 1 2 3 Others Bandwidth Control WANT Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 2590 25 25 25 Inactive Setup WANS Disable LO000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 eae aoe 25 259 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 Click Setup link for WAN1 Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH as the Direction WANI General Setup Enable the QoS Control IN WAN tnboun Sur WAN Outbou pA 3 Set Inbound Outbound bandwidth Dray Tek 284 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WANI General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must
26. WAN Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface for such index eke WANT WARTS Src IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Src IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Dest IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Dest IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Dest Port Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Dest Port End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Move UP Move Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy WAN gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 Enable Protocal any w Binding WAN Interface WANI se Auto failover to the other WAN Src IP Start 192 166 1 3 Src IP End 192 168 1 5 Dest IF Start 168 95 0 1 Dest IP End 168 95 0 100 Dest Port Start Dest Port End Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the WAN interface Protocol Binding WAN Choose the WAN interface WANI or WAN2 for binding interface VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 43 Dray Te k Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Dray Tek You can check the box of Auto failover to other WAN to make a backup WAN connection if the selected WAN interface fails to connect to Internet
27. gt Quality of Service Rule Edit C act Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePaint Service Type Note Please choose setup the Service Type first 5 4 LAN Created by Using NAT An example of default setting and the corresponding deployment are shown below The default Vigor router private IP address Subnet Mask is 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 The built in DHCP server is enabled so it assigns every local NATed host an IP address of 192 168 1 x starting from 192 168 1 10 Internet Public IP Address vat x per _ i Oc m J o Private Subnet Router IP Addres DHCP Server You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 287 Dr ay Te k LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 Relay Agent O ist Subnet 2nd Subnet ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 168 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts 2nd IP Address 192 168 2 1 Gateway IP Address 192 168 11 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server IP Address a for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting RIP Prot Control Disabl v ale ath ba sida Primary I
28. s Guide 3 13 4 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights Wireless LAN gt gt Access Control Access Control Setto Factory Default Enable Access Control Policy Activate MAC address filter MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Client s MAC Address sE T T T gt Attribute s Isolate the station from LAN Enable Access Control Select to enable the MAC Address access control feature Policy Select to enable any one of the following policy Choose Activate MAC address filter to type in the MAC addresses for other clients in the network manually Choose Isolate WLAN from LAN will separate all the WLAN stations from LAN based on the MAC Address list Choose Blocked MAC address filter will block all the WLAN stations from LAN based on the MAC Address list Policy Activate MAC address filter Blocked MAC address filter Isolate WLAN trom LAN MAC Address Filter Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Four buttons Add Remove Client s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of
29. select All Business Clear All chating Select All F chat Clear All Computer Internet Select All Anonymizers Download Sites Clear All Cl Search Engine Portals Malware illegal Software LJAdv amp Pop Ups B fa m select All compromised Clear All L Finance News Politics L Restaurants amp Dining L General Image Sharing L Private IP Addresses v Criminal Activity legal Drug Violence Sex Education Games Leisure amp Recreation job Search LJInstant Messaging LJ Forums amp Newsgroups Streaming Downloads LJ Social Networking L Botnets information Security LJ arts L Dating amp Personals Government LJ Non profits amp NGOS Real Estate LJ Shopping LJ cults Network Errors LJ Uncategorised Sites Profile Name Type a name for such profile VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 103 Log Block a Cl Gambling F Nudity V weapons Tasteless L Sports Fashion amp Beauty Web based Mail Computers LJ Phishing amp Fraud Spam Sites L Hacking Peer to Peer Transportation Education Health amp Medicine Personal Sites LJ Religion Translators L Greeting cards Parked Domains Dray Tek Log White Black List Action Dray Tek None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be re
30. Africa ALAM DT DT 85 236 48 68 5236 48 68 Africa ALAM DT KL 85 236 48 68 05 236 46 68 Africa WCF CT CF ctwsd1 ctmail com www vigorpra com Africa AS CTCH resolyerl ctmail cam www vigorpra com Africa ACS DT ACS myvigor draytek com myvigor draytek com America WCF CT CF ctwsd1 ctmail com ww vigorpro com America AS CTCH resolyerl ctmail cam www vigorpra com America ACS DT ACS myvigor draytek com myvigor draytek com America ALA DT DT 85 236 48 6 www vigorpro cam America Al A DT KL 236 48 6 www vigorpro com Asia AS CTCH resolverl ctmail com ww igorpra com It displays the message of signature authentication or download procedure The buttons in this field are only available when you finished the registration and activation for new account and your router If not these buttons do not have any effect even if you click them Import You can import a saved file to manually upgrade the signature Click Browse to choose the right file with sig file format Next click Upgrade System Maintenance gt gt Signature Upgrade Signature Upgrade Manually Signature Version basic Upgrade Signature Select a signature file Click Upgrade to upload the file Backup You can backup current signature information with the filename vigorpro sig Download Now This button will download newly update anti intrusion and anti virus from VigorPro website While downloading the file a progress bar will be shown as follows
31. If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 153 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Idle Timeout Allowed Dial In Type ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel Username ere second s Password i Authentication Type Local User Database C Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP LTP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method SSL Tunnel CO Specify Remote Node Pre Shared Key LJ Digital Signature 509 Remote Clent IP or Peer ISDN Number ar neseiD e IPSec Security Method Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block 55L YPN 5 Set SSL Web Proxy Set SSL Application Enable this account ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP Dray Tek Medium 4H4 High ESF DES 3DES AES local ID optional Callback Function C Check to enable Callback function O Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget minuters Check the box to enable this function Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allow the remote ISDN dial in connection You can further set up Callback function below You should set the User Name and Password
32. LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Index Mame Status i To A place Ze To 8 site w 3 To C place y 4 To D site Yi How can you set a GRE over IPSec profile 1 Please go to LAN to LAN to set a profile with IPSec 2 Ifthe router will be used as the VPN Server 1 e with virtual address 192 168 50 200 Please type 192 168 50 200 in the field of My GRE IP Type IP address 192 168 50 100 of the client in the field of Peer GRE IP See the following graphic for an example 4 GRE over IPSec Settings CO Enable IPSec Dial Qut function GRE over IPSec Cl Logical Traffic My GRE IP 192 168 50 200 Peer GRE IP 192 166 50 100 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP loooo RIP Direction TRY Both From first subnet to remote network you have to da Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Remote Gateway IP Pemote Network IP 192 168 10 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide We Dray Te k 3 Later on peer side as VPN Client please type 192 168 50 100 in the field of My GRE IP and type IP address of the server 192 168 50 200 in the field of Peer GRE IP 4 GRE over IPSec Settings Enable IPSec Dial Gut function GRE over IPSec Logical Traffic My GRE IP 192 166 50 100 Peer GRE IP 192 166 50 200 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP ooon oO RIF Direction THRX Both Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP 192 165 1 0 doa
33. Local ID 900 86400 600 86400 Enable Callback Function for i models only VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode 1s faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 Key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 Key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key w
34. O HAG Pus ka Am OAL LD B http 172 16 2 179certsrv certearc asp Jrz ea msi vy ORS A BERT ANEA KOHERAS G19 co Hotmail QB Messenger Q RAI MSN Microsoft Certificate Services y Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer to trust certificates issued from this certification authority Itis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choose file to download CA Certificate Previous vigor ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list 3 Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 C TW O vigor OU kd5 CN radi View Delete Trusted CA 2 View Delete Trusted CA 3 View Delete IMPORT REFRESH 4 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button fa Certificate Information Windows Internet Explorer El http w19
35. Once the callback budget is exhausted the function will be disabled automatically Specify the time budget for the dial in user The budget will be decreased automatically per callback connection The default value 0 means no limitation of callback period Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec Check this box to verify data and transmit data in encryption with GRE over IPSec packet after configuring IPSec Dial Out setting Both ends must match for each other by setting same virtual IP address for communication Logical Traffic Such technique comes from RFC2890 Define logical traffic for data transmission between both sides of VPN tunnel by using the characteristic of GRE Even hacker can decipher IPSec encryption he she still cannot ask LAN site to do data transmission with any information Such function can ensure the data transmitted on VPN tunnel is really sent out from both sides This is an optional function However if one side wants to use it the peer must enable it too My GRE IP Type the virtual IP for router itself for verified by peer Peer GRE IP Type the virtual IP of peer host for verified by router This field 1s only applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed I
36. Refresh Click it to reload the page Clear Click it to clear the whole table Dray Tek 236 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 17 4 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table DHCP server Running Refresh Al Index IP iddress Mic Address Leased Time HOST ID 1 192 168 11 10 OO OE i 6 24 D5 Al 0 00 02 630 ok leegjyiyO75u Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID Refresh 3 17 5 NAT Sessions Table It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it It displays the leased time of the specified PC It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Click it to reload the page Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the setup page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table NAT Active Sessions Table l wl dade sda adla ae ne odes adla l yla sdla ons Private IP Port Pseudo Port VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 52967 62 408 62 408 62408 be 406 be 406 62 408 62408 62408 62408 62 408 62408 62408 207 46 106 104 i24 102 25 72 124
37. Signature Upgrade Setting Signature Version Signature Build Date basic Tue Aug 29 09 16 25 00 2006 Setup download server auto selected find more Setup query server auto selected find more Signature download progress o m Signature authentication download message Upgrade Manually After downloading is finished the signature version will be upgraded and displayed on the web page 125 Dray Tek Upgrade Automatically Dray Tek Signature Version DT KL_2_46 0 0 wed Jan 13 10 02 36 00 2010 nia h Signature Build Date Setup download server auto selected find more Setup query server auto selected find more Specify certain time for executing the upgrade automatically Remember to check the Scheduled Update box to activate the time settings Every It means the downloading procedure will be executed automatically whenever passing through the time hours and minutes that you set here Daily It means the downloading procedure will be automatically executed every day at the time hours and minutes that you set here Weekly It means the downloading procedure will be automatically executed at the time hours and minutes that you set here every week Upgrade Automatically Scheduled Update Every 1 hour co Daily o hour 00 minute O OO lt minutes after the hour lt O00 minu
38. Status Anti Intrusion Anti irus License Status DT KL Start Date 2010 02 26 Expire Date 2010 03 29 Signature Version OT KL_2_ 46 0 0 Signature Build Date Wed Jan 13 10 02 36 00 2010 Current Download Server auto selected Current Query Server auto selected Signature Authentication Download Message for Anti Intrusion Anti Virus pO Anti Spam License Status CTCH Start Date 2010 02 26 Expire Date 2010 03 29 Authentication Message for Anti Spam Anti Spam Authenticate successful 2010 03 24 15 37 15 Web Filter License Status CT CF Start Date 2010 02 26 Expire Date 2010 03 29 Authentication Message for Web Filter License WebFilter Authenticate successful 2010 03 25 03 30 07 3 8 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management Bandwidth Management 3 8 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Dray Tek 128 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Se
39. Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Details Page for PPTP To use PPTP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPTP mode for WAN The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPTP Client Mode O Enable Disable PPTP Server i O ISP 4ccess Setup Username Password Index 1 15 in Schedule ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode MITU PPTP Setup ISP Access Setup ISDN Dial Backup Setup VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide PPP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP _ second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address fs WAN IP Network Settings Idle Timeout Setup Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IF Address Max 1460 PPTP Link Click Enable to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL
40. U AresChat Web IM more than one address eMessenger WebMSH meebo eBuddy IL ovelM ICO Java ICO Flash qoowy IMhaha qetMessenger FwebIM URLS Munitive Wablet abba MISN2GO KoollM MessengerFX MessengerAdictos WebYahoolM Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile Dray Tek 92 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 5 9 P2P Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for peer to peer application These profiles will be applied in Firewall gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt P2P Object Profile P P Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name FEEFERERBPer er ee ee Oa Gap lad PP PP PPP PPP femme SBEEPEREEEBRBEBEEER Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details There are several items for P2P protocols provided here for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use P2P Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow Objects Setting gt gt P2P Object Profile Profile Index 1 profile Name 0 Check for Disallow Protocol Applications LJ SoulSeek SoulSeek Cl eDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza
41. VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 200 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default Index User Status Index User Status le 777 s 17 277 a 777 18 277 s 3 777 s 19 277 s 4 777 x 20 eae 5 777 x 21 777 x 6 777 x 22 777 x i 777 s 23 277 s 8 777 s 24 277 s 9 777 s 25 277 s 10 777 s 26 277 s 11 777 x 27 777 x 12 777 x 28 777 s 13 777 s 29 777 s 14 777 s 30 27 s 15 777 s 31 277 s 16 777 s 32 277 s lt lt 132 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right
42. lt hrsthat is categorized with CLs lt br gt has been blocked by FRNAMES Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt hody gt Activate Click it to access into My Vigor for activating WCF service Setup Query Server It is recommend for you to use the default setting auto selected You need to specify a server for categorize searching when you type URL in browser based on the web content filter profile Setup Test Server It is recommend for you to use the default setting auto selected By the way you can click the link of Test a site to verify whether it is categorized to access into the test server selected Find more Click it to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable server Set to Factory Default Click this link to retrieve the factory settings Cache None the router will check the URL that the user wants to Dray Tek access via WCF precisely however the processing rate is normal Such item can provide the most accurate URL matching L1 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the URL has been accessed previously it will be stored for a short time about 1 second in the router to be accessed quickly if required Such item can provide accurate URL matching with faster rate L2 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCE If the data has b
43. o C L Ji jij 4ccess Point Function Enable Disable ui Status LJ Send Hello message to peers Mote The status is valid only when the peer also supports this function Cancel Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater mode is for the second There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Encryption Mode If you checked the box of Use the same WEP key you do not need to choose 64 bit or 128 bit as the Encryption Mode If you do not check that box you can set the WEP key now in this page Key Index Choose the key that you want to use after selecting the proper encryption mode Key Type the content for the key 204 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Pre shared Key Bridge Repeater Access Point Function Status VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Six peer MAC addresses are allowed to be ente
44. recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Internet Set Router C Static Route 192 16 Router 192 168 1 2 Gateway 192 168 1 1 Priv 192 Go to LAN page and click General Setup select 1st Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on 1st Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the Ist subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets 1 Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address 192 168 10 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 2 Network Interface Lan y VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 51 Dr ay Te k 2 Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP
45. s Guide Objects Setting gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects 1 SIP 2 RTF Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type You can add IP objects from IP Object page All the Objects available IP objects will be shown in this box ice T ern SEKYICE LYDE Click button to add the selected IP objects in this box 3 5 5 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in Anti Spam gt gt Profile Setting Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name Ea a e e e a a a PR a a a a a BEESEBBREBEEFERBEBEEE 0 gt gt Next gt gt si Pd lt lt 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 2 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 87 Dray Te k Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Contents Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters Each word should be separated by a single space You can replace a character with WHE Example Contents backdoo 72 virus keep 20out Result 1 backdoor 2 VIFUS 3 keep out Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse
46. that you want Specify the action for fragmented packets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more Select a IM P2P profile for global IM P2P application blocking All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the IM P2P profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of IM P2P profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please
47. 2010 02 26 Expire Date 2010 03 29 Authentication Message WebFilter Get new license successful 2010 02 26 01 16 50 Anti Spam Get new license successful 2010 02 26 01 16 50 AVf Al Get new license successful 2010 02 26 01 16 50 Activate Activate Activate Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 23 Dray Tek If you need to extend the license valid time you can also use the Service Activation Wizard again to reach your goal by clicking the radio button of Formal edition with license key and clicking Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Anti Instrusion Anti Spam service Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Formal edition with license key Cancel Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate Please choose the item you want to use For AI AY service Anti Intrusion Anti Virus DT KL License Agreement Activation Date 2010 03 30 select Enter your License key Anti Intrusion Anti Virus DT DT License Agreement Activation Date 2010 02 26 select Enter your License key For WCF service Web Content Filter CT CF License Ag
48. 25 Inactive Setup WaAh2 Disable 10000Kbps 10000kKbps 259 2595 2595 2556 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Service Type Class 1 Class 2 i Edit Class 3 i Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of VoIP influent other application and click OK Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WANI General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E miail 25 lag Class 2 HTTPS 25 lag Class 3 25 lag Others 25 lee Enable UDP Bandwidth Contra Limited bandwidth Ratio 46 TCP ACE Prioritize If the worker has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserve bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel VPN Tunnel Priv ate Network Cooperate Network 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 0 10 Click edit to open a new window Dray Tek 286 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name Status Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint Empty Service Type 11 First check the ACT box Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s subnet address Leave other fields and click OK Bandwidth Management
49. 48476 10 59 51 gt 139 175 55 244 53 UDP HLen 20 TLen 77 2006 17 03 FILTER Pass lan gt wan 0 59 07 290 S R 2 2 172 16 2 25 48425 10 59 51 gt 139 175 55 244 53 UDP HLen 20 TLen 80 2008 12 03 FILTER Pass lan gt wan 0 59 07 250 05 R 2 2 172 16 2 25 48424 10 59 51 gt 139 175 55 244 53 7UDP HLen 20 TLen 76 Display Mode Stop record when fulls Stop record when fulls Always record the new event Dray Tek 244 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Registration for the Router To use the anti intrusion anti virus anti spam and WCF features of VigorPro series router you have to create a new account finish the registration for that account by using the router and complete the registration for the Vigor router After finishing the registration of the router you can download the newly update types and rules of anti intrusion anti virus anti spam and WCE during the valid time of the license key you purchased There are two ways to create and activate new account One is created by accessing http myvigor draytek com refer to section 4 1 the other is from router s web configurator refer to section 4 2 After activating the new account you have to register your router from router s web configurator refer to section 4 3 Follow the steps listed below to finish the registration and activation Note The website of MyVigor a server located on http myvigor draytek com provides several useful se
50. Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP VIDES l3apes M AES Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial In Enable this profile Always on Idle Timeout second s VPN Connection Through WANT First C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block PING to the IP 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 277 Dray Te k connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for YPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 208 Link Type Username Password PPP Authentication
51. Do not set the same as the username jeooo i Personal Information First Name Last Name Company Name Email Address Tel Country Career 246 Mary Ted Tech Ltd mary_ted tech com Please note that a walid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account ps IES 0 SWITZERLAND x x Supervisor x lt lt Back Continue gt gt VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 4 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile How did you find out about this website Gaareement What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir v Parina would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter Information would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the 5 f r Global Server W Seompierion 5 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Gaareement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal to activate your account Information E rreterences START compleion 6 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com kkkt This is an automated message trom myvigor drayt
52. Empty Dray Tek 134 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Rule Edit C act Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePaint Service Type m E m E ANY v ANY w Mote Please choose setup the Service Type first ACT Local Address Remote Address Edit DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Check this box to invoke these settings Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule It allows you to edit source address information 3 http 192_ 168_1_1l doc QosIpEdt htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type subnet Address Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the level of the data for processing with QoS control It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the
53. First Keyword Action n En o En A a Ean A File Extension Profile Name default Default Action Group Object Selections O H Oo Profile 1 default L Destroy the file if the file name is over length Max 76 characters Syslog Mail Alert Non Match Only Profile Name Priority Default Action Keyword File Extension Dray Tek Type a name for such profile Such item determines which profile will be executed first If you choose File Extension First Vigor router will filter the virus based on the file extension profile selected first next filter the virus based on the keyword later vice versa Priority File Extension First File Extension First Choose one of the actions Scan Non Scan Destroy as the default action if the file does not meet the conditions configured below You can set three sets of keywords for this profile Action Choose the action that you want to apply to the selected keyword Destroy Destroy the file with name specified here which is found by the router system Non Scan The file will not be scanned and will not be processed by using general rules set in Anti Virus profile Scan Just scan the file with name specified here which is found by the router system and be processed by using general rules set in Anti Virus profile Group Object Selections Click Edit to choose the preset keyword groups and or objects Determine the
54. IP address belonging to 1 subnet Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default FIP Protocol Control 1 st z ubnet 2nd subnet Ist Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 o
55. Intrusion Detection and Prevention Yellow Yellow DMZ USB WLAN Monitor E ISDN LED on Connector 10 left LED man 100 right LED LAN Monitor 100 LAN left LED Interface Description RST Restore the default settings Factory Reset Dray Tek 4 10 00 swe LAN 100 1000 o_o Left Right 2 4 2 LAN USB ISON WAN LAN Monitor Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off The anti intrusion function is enabled The anti virus function is enabled DMZ Host is specified in certain site A USB device is connected and active The data is transmitting Wireless access point is ready Ethernet packets are transmitting over wireless LAN The WLAN function is inactive LAN traffic monitor is active The profile s for IM P2P Web Content Filter and or URL Content Filter application has been activated It is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup No IM P2P Web Content Filter and or URL Content Filter application has been activated The ISDN service function is active A successful connection on the ISDN BRI B1 B2 channel The port is connected with 10Mbps The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is conne
56. LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Hame C Enable this profile YPN Dial Gut Through WANT First Pass Netbios Naming Packet 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel Dial Number for ISON or Server IP Host Name for YPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 po Profile Name Enable this profile VPN Connection Through VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Call Direction Both Dial out Dial In O Always on Idle Timeout 300 seconds C Enable PING to keep alive O Block PING to the IP Link Type Username vf PARICHAP on off PPP Authentication VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 Feer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Local Certificate IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Callback Function CBCP Require Remote ta Callback Provide SON Number to Remote Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Check here to activate this profile Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only YPN Connection Through WANT First WAMI First WANT Only WANG First WAN Onl WAN I First While connecting the router will use WAN1 159 Dray Tek Netbios Naming Packet Call Direction
57. Means such service is in use and vill be invalid soon less than one monthi license Activate Allows you to activate service Service Allows you to renew Service VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 267 Dr ay le k 6 In this page check the box of I have read and accept the above Agreement The system will find out the date for you to activate this version of service Then click Next Confirm Message Cancel User Name sandyni Serial 20100503140901 Model WigorPros510 C License Number Service Provider Status End User License Agreement for Anti pam service on YVigorFreO router Wer 1 0 PLEASE READ THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT LICENSE CAREFULLY BEFORE DOWNLOADING OR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE BY DOWNLOADING INSTALLING OR USING THE SOFTWARE YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE hawe read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box 7 When this page appears click Register Apply For A License Number Cancel Serice Name WCE STEP Activation Date MM DD YYYY 05 03 2010 8 Next the DrayTek Service Activation screen will be shown as the following DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Anti Virus 2010 05 03 2011 05 04 OT OT web Content filter 2010 05 03 2010 06 02 CP Anti Spam 2010 05 03 2010 06 02 TCH ooo o es Please check if the license fits with
58. P4 are available for use Applications gt gt IGMP IGMP Enable IGMP Proxy IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled 3K Refresh Working Multicast Groups Index Group ID Pi P2 P3 P4 i 224 0 0 9 W Y Y w 3 9 6 Wake On LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake On LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Dray Tek 146 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP Wake by MAC Address IP Address MAC Address ee ee Result Wake by Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address MAC Address IP Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this dr
59. Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode Callback Function The callback function provides a callback service only for the ISDN dial in user for i model only The remote user will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Check to enable Callback function Enables the callback function Specify the callback number The option is for extra security Once enabled the router will ONLY call back to the specified Callback Number Check to enable callback budget control By default the callback function has a time restriction Once the callback budget has been exhausted the callback mechanism will be disabled automatically Callback Budget Unit minutes Specify the time budget for the dial in user The budget will be decreased automatically per callback connection VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 157 Dray Te k 3 10 6 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding secur
60. Remote Network Mask 255 455 255 0 single WAN supports this 3 Advanced Load Balance and Backup From first subnet to remote network you have to Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only After setting profiles for load balance you can choose any one of them and click Advance for more detailed configuration The windows for advanced load balance and backup are different Refer to the following explanation Advanced Load Balance E http 192 168 1 1 FPN Load Balance Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer PN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name MKT Load Balance Algorithm Round Robin O Weighted Round Robin Auto Weighted According to Speed Ratio Member1 Member2 50 50 4 O Fastest PN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy cCreate OAfter insert Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 400 Active In active Delete v Binding Dial Out Index 1 m Binding Src IP Start 0 0 0 0 End 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest IP Start 0 000 i End 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest Port Start End Binding Fragmented NO v Binding Protocol ANY Detail Information VPN Load Balance Profile name MKT Algorithm Round Robin Profile Name List the load balance profile name Load Balance Algorithm Round Robin Based on packet base both tunnels will send the packet alternatively Such method can reach the balance of packet transmission with fixed rate Weighted Round
61. Series User s Guide Type a name for this profile Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same it indicates j Dray Tek all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Below is an example of service type objects settings Service Type Object Profiles Index Name i SIF 2 RTP 3 3 5 4 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name w iw e I Im Im Im Im im im im im im j i j SPPEBPPRAPEE ERE EE EE FREB RE BEF rPrrPPrFeP eS Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Dr ay Tek 86 VigorPro5510 Series User
62. Spam to do basic scanning for filtering unnecessary mails and sorting the mails To activate function of Anti Spam you have to configure profile s for your computer first 3 7 3 1 Profile Setting Open Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Spam gt gt Profile Setting menu to access into the following page There are sixteen profiles provided by this system for you to define Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Spam gt Profile Setting Anti Spam Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Mame Profile Mame i Default j 2 10 3 11 4 12 J 13 6 14 i 15 8 1b Profile 1 16 There are sixteen profiles provided for you to define Simply click the number link under Profile the setting page for that number will be open for you to configure Name List the name for the profile setting Simply click number under Profile item The detailed page will be shown right away The following graphic is the web page for the profile marked with number 1 Dray Tek 116 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Spam gt gt Profile Setting Profile Index 1 Profile Name Default Choose Protocol to Scan Spam SMTP POP3 O Log All Mail Events Priority Anti Spam Function 1 C Enable SPAM Grey List Defense Log Grey List Events C Enable Black White List Log Matched Events Priority Selection Select an Action for Each Category Category Action Group Object Selections Sender
63. TR 069 is available for matching with VigorACS server Such page provides VigorACS and CPE settings under TR 069 protocol All the settings configured here is for CPE to be controlled and managed with VigorACS server Users need to type URL username and password for the VigorACS server that such device will be connected However URL username and password under CPE client are fixed that users cannot change it The default CPE username and password are vigor and password You will need it when you configure VigorACS server Dray Tek 224 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide System Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server CPE Client Enable Disable Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time STUN Settings Disable Enable Server IP Server Port Minimum Keep Alive Period Maximum Keep Alive Period ACS Server CPE Client VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide poo seconats pars bo sd second s Ho second s Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to VigorACS user s manual for detailed information URL Type the URL for VigorACS server If the connected CPE needs to be authenticated please set URL as the following and type username and password for VigorACS server http IP address of VigorACS 8080 ACSServer services ACSServlet If the connected CPE does not need to be au
64. TTT 13 TTT T 29 TTT 14 TTT T 30 TIT 15 TTT T zle TTT 1b TTT T a2 TTT Status v Active x Inactive Empty Index Destination Address Status The number 1 to 32 under Index allows you to open next page to set up Static route Displays the destination address of the static route Displays the status of the static route Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Key C connected 5 static R RIP default private 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 3 1 Want C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN C 172 16 3 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected WAN Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Dray Tek Refresh al 50 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward
65. Telnet and HTTP servers Default Ports Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Enable SNMP Agent Check it to enable this function Get Community Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public Dray Tek 232 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Set Community Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds 3 16 8 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Auto Reboot Time Schedule Indexf1 15 in Schedule Setup ot Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click OK To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now The router will
66. This chapter explains how to setup a password for an administrator and how to adjust basic settings for accessing Internet successfully Be aware that only the administrator can change the router configuration 2 1 Changing Password To change the password for this device you have to access into the web browse with default password first 1 Make sure your computer connects to the router correctly Notice You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of this guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password Please type admin admin as the username password on the window Next click OK for next screen Username Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide i Dray Te k 3 Now the Main Screen will pop up wVigSrPro 551 Dray Tek l 4 PS Bg Pee es y E UnitTied Ihreai Management System Status Model Name VigorPro5510 series Firmware Version 3 3 4 Build Date Time Nov 25 2009 09 53 01 Signature Version basic Signature Build Date Tue Aug 29 09 16 25 00 2006 System WAN 1 aeai CPU Usage 3 Link Status Disconnected ee Cate Total Memory 2
67. Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu fg Router Tools V2 5 About Router Tools ik Ez Configurator Yizord 100 Series ER Firmware Upgrade Utility Uninstall Router Tools 2 5 4 Visit DrayTek Web Site 3 From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router bi DrayTek Syslog 3 7 0 Controls 192 168 1 1 v WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate vigorPro5510 series 172 16 3 4 108 16 LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate 198 145 172 16 3 229 752 91 Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State Traffic Graph Host Name ok lecgjviyO75u NIC Description Realtek RTL8139 Family PCI Fast Ethernet NIC Packet Scheduler Miniport Yv On Line Routers NIC Information MAC Address 00 0E A6 2A D5 A1 IP Address Mask MAC 00 0E A6 24 D5 A1 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 00 50 7F 22 33 4 IP Address 192 168 1 10 v Subnet Mask 255 255 250 0 DNS Servers 168 95 1 1 Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Lease Obtained Fri Oct 12 04 07 40 Lease Expires Mon Oct 15 04 07 40 2007 ADSL Status ji tate Up Speed own Speed NR Margin
68. Type Physical Type Load Balance Mode Auto Weight s Load Balance Mode Line Speedtkops BownLink bo Line Speed Kbps DownLink bo UpLink boo UpLink bo Active Mode Active Mode Always On v Active on demand WIA Fail Active an demand WANT Fail ete ap eee eee Ceeeed O kbps WANI Upload speed exceed o kbps WAN Download speed exceed Os kbps WAN1 Download speed exceed a kbps Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for the WAN1 WAN2 interface For WAN1 the physical connection is done and fixed through Ethernet port yet the physical connection for WAN2 is done through an Ethernet port P1 or USB port You cannot change it Physical Mode Ethernet Ethernet 315 USB Modern To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem choose 3G USB Modem as the physical mode in WAN2 Next go to WAN gt gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem is available for WAN2 You can choose PPP as the access mode and click Details Page for further configuration WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP Details Page WAN2 3G USB Modem None v None You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system Au
69. VPN User Name Password Dray Tek Set SSL Web Proxy It allows the remote dial in user to access internal web over SSL VPN suitable for the application through web only e g HTTP Click SSL VPN gt gt SSL Web Proxy to set profiles If you haven t set any SSL VPN web proxy profiles you will see a link here Click this link to access into the configuration page of SSL VPN Note SSL VPN can be applied in browser e g IE which supports ActivateX only If you have set several profiles beforehand you can check SSL Web Proxy and choose the one s you need as SSL VPN Netbios Naming Packet pass Block SSL YPN 7 SSL Web Proxy F gforge SSL F web SSL F portal SSL F webadmin SSL F portalmanager SSL F huagai SSL To check if SSL Web Proxy is activated or not please open Draytek SSL VPN portal interface From the web page you will see the message to indicate that you have the privilege for the SSL Web Proxy Provide SSL VPN Home SSL Web Proxy SSL Tunnel logout J INFO Main Page mik a 172 17 1 42 You have successfully logged in Welcome to DrayTek You are given the following privileges SSL VPN a SSL Web Proxy a SSL Tunnel Timeout after 5 minutes Reset Copyright 2006 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Set SSL Application If you ve already set up SSL application profiles you ll see some check boxes here Please check the profiles that you want to enab
70. W_VLAN City and 1234 4 When the accessing is successful the following screen will appear Z hitp 192 168 1 1 DrayTek Wireless E z DrayTek Wireless VLAN User login succeeds Copyright 2005 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 212 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 5 You can go to Diagnostics gt gt Wireless VLAN Online Station for viewing the connection status whenever you want Diagnostics gt gt Wireless VLAN Online Station Wireless LAN Online Station Table IP Address Mac Address Login ID Refresh 192 168 1 15 00 14 85 26 00 8 City 192 166 1 16 00 O0E 35 A6 A4 E7 Home 3 14 3 VLAN Cross Setup This function allows the router to integrate VLAN and W_VLAN for managing different computers notebooks See the following picture for an example With VLAN Cross Setup notebook A B and PCs on VLANO can share resources without difficulty Login ID City Login ID Home Password 1234 Password 7890 W_VLAN1 The VLAN gt gt VLAN Cross Setup allows you to set a communication bridge between computers in Wireless VLAN and wired VLAN To achieve the intention of the above illustration simply check the box under VLANO on the line of W_VLANO VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 213 Dr ay Te k VLAN gt VLAN Cross Setup LAN Cross Configuration Enable Vi VLANO i VLANI i VLAN WW VLAN Vi VLAN i VLANS i V LANG VLAN VW VLANE Vy VLANG i VLANIO Wi VLANL1
71. YJ Compression On Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup iL L Callback Function CBCP CO Require Remote to Callback O Provide ISDN Number to Remote If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 208 connection PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Link Type Username draytek Password eevee PPP Authentication PAP CHAP v YJ Compression on O Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Callback Function CBCP J J J C Require Remote to Callback C Provide ISDN Number to Remote Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply t
72. a DS DAOLIO PAUSE OLLE ETI babe Mii have read and understand the above Agreement Use the scroll barto view the entire agreement Dray Tek 250 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 7 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fields marked by are required Gasreemem eeece Password kinasal ne m mi 27 maa 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username Confirm Password sose Personal Information Account Information UserName Mary Check Account E Preterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd Email Address mary_ted tech com Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 l Country SWITZERLAND v Career Supervisor v 8 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile How did you find out about this website Internet vv Garareement What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir w Daanal would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter Information would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the 4 Global Server W Scompierion VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 251 Dr ay le k 9 Now you ha
73. a group of IP Addresses and want to apply to the router please use WAN IP alias function to record these IPs first Then use address mapping function to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias For example you have IP addresses ranging from 86 123 123 1 86 123 123 8 However your router uses 86 123 123 1 and the rest of the IPs are recorded in WAN IP alias You want that private IP 192 168 1 10 can use 86 123 123 2 as source IP when it sends packet out to Internet You can use address mapping function to achieve this demand Simply type 192 168 1 10 as the Private IP and type 86 123 123 2 as the WAN IP Dray Tek 62 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide NAT gt Address Mapping Address Mapping Setup Setto Factory Default Index Protocol Public IP Private IP Mask Status L ALL Ie We oe f32 r 2 ALL 172 16 3 102 a2 3 ALL 172 16 3 102 ee 4 ALL i oo e a2 5 ALL Lee Wee Oe f32 6 ALL P22 1a 2 02 fe T ALL ieee we f32 7 a ALL 172 16 3 102 a2 N 9 ALL pena we fae 7 10 ALL 172 16 3 102 Ee Protocol Display the protocol used for this address mapping Public IP Display the public IP address selected for this entry e g 172 16 3 102 Private IP Display the private IP set for this address mapping e g 192 168 1 10 Mask Display the subnet mask selected for this address mapping Status Display the status for the entry enable or disable Click the index number link to open the configuration page
74. action for such condition Disallow Click this radio button to block the incoming outgoing packets with possible intrusion actions transmitting through the router Reset Click this radio button to break down the communication between your computer and specific link which might have intrusion actions Default Click this radio button to execute the anti intrusion detection according to the setting that you set in Basic Setup Dray Tek 108 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Page Type the page number in this field if there is more than one page of anti virus detail view displayed on this page Then click Go to the specified page Or you can click gt gt gt lt lt or gt button on the right side of the Go button to access to the home previous next end page 3 7 2 Anti Virus Vigor router can offer basic virus scanning destroying and cut off the connection between questionable link and your computer for the files transmitted through specified protocol In addition several types of compressed file formats such as zip gzip bz1p2 are supported and can be scanned with this router There is no limitation in the file size for the transmitted incoming or outgoing file With this feature all the files processed with the protocol specified in Anti Virus web page will be scanned for finding out virus while passing through the router Note Files with three layer compression the files are compressed with three times also ca
75. address C Enable PING to keep alive IP Address 172 16 5 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 PING Interval D minutets Gateway IP Address 172 156 1 1 WAN Connection Detection DNS Server IP Address Mode ARP Detect Primary IP Address Ping IP booo Secondary IP Address TTL 255 Default MAC Address Mimi J442 Max 1500 O Specify a MAC Address MAC Address RIP Protocol oo 0 ze fies ec 45 JEnable RIP For PPTP Users k Dray Tek Check 1f the Enable option for PPTP Link is selected WAN gt Internet Access WAM 1 PPTP Client Mode PPP Setup Enable Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP PPTP Server 10 0 0 138 Idle Timeout i second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP ISP Access Setup WAN IP Alias Username y e Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Password Fined IP Address Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup WAN IP Network Settings gt iz Obtain an IP address automatically ISDN Dial Backup Setup Specify an IP address Dial Backup Mode IP Address 10 0 0 150 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 MTU 1442 Mas 1450 304 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 2 Check if PPTP Server Username Password and WAN IP address are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP 6 5 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardwa
76. appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 95 Dray Te k On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy us
77. be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance 4 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 WO Status Local Address Remote Address Ditfsery Service Type CodePoint 1 Active Any Any IP precedence 2 SMTPETCP 25 5 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for Email using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WANI General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 25 D Glass 3 25 o Others 25 ke C Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio s 6 Cl Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize 6 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for HTTP 7 Click Setup link for WAN1 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 285 Dray Te k 8 9 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Class Class Class aor Index Status Bandwidth Directon i 5 3 Others Bandwidth Control WAL Disable 10000Kbps 10000kKbps 259 2595 25
78. current status active or inactive of such profile Click number link under Index field to set detailed configuration SSL VPN gt SSL Web Proxy Profile Index 1 Access Method Dis able ee Disable Mote URL format must be entered as htt e Port Redirection bp Domain_name directory where Domain_name is a FODN Name Type name of the profile URL Type the address function variation or IP address or path of the proxy server Host IP Address If you type function variation as URL you have to type VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 217 Dray Te k corresponding IP address in this field Such field must match with URL setting Access Method There are three modes for you to choose Disable the profile will be inactive If you choose Disable all the web proxy profile appeared under VPN remote dial in web page will disappear Secured Port Redirection such technique applies private port mapping to random WAN port There are two restrictions for proxy web server for such selection 1 it is only used for WAN to LAN access the web server must be configured behind vigor router 2 web server gateway must be indicated to vigor router In addition users must execute Connect manually in SSL Client Portal page SSL if you choose such selection web proxy over SSL will be applied for VPN 3 15 3 SSL Application It provides a secure and flexible solution for network resources including VNC Virtual N
79. customer service Customer Service B86 3 597 2727 oF email to webmastenmdraytek com 5 On the web page of My Product click the Trial button for AS Anti Spam service Device Information Nickname 5510ni Serial 70100503 140901 Model VigorPro5510 ervice gl ll nese Pee ane ee Ba oror D 2010 05 03 2011 05 04 K Al DT KL on 2 i WCF CT CF as CTCH On _ 2 On k s VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 263 Dr ay Te k 6 as 8 Dray Tek In this page check the box of I have read and accept the above Agreement The system will find out the date for you to activate this version of service Then click Next Contirm Message User Name sandyni Serial 201005031409501 Model VigarProso10 a Service Provider Status End User License Agreement for Anti Spam Service on VigorPro router Wer 1 0 PLEASE READ THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT LICENSE CAREFULLY BEFORE DOWNLOADING OR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE BY DOWNLOADING INSTALLING OR USING THE SOFTWARE YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERNS OF THIS LICENSE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE Note CTCH means you can acquire anti spam service from Commtouch When this page appears click Register Apply For A License Number Cancel Serice Name AS STEP 2 Activation Date MM OD Y YI Next the DrayTek Service Activation screen will be shown as the following DrayTek Service Activation
80. fragmentations will be passed destroyed reset under different protocols The router cannot execute the scanning job for some mail fragmentation if you check the boxes here The file with multiple sessions which are created by HTTP will be detected and then be passed destroyed reset according to the configuration set here This page displays the virus list ordered by digits 0 9 and letters A Z Each number after the letter link indicates the total types of the virus collected VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 111 Dray Tek Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Virus gt gt Virus List Anti irus List Overview SID NAME Search 0 9 0 M N 231 A B 537 O P 269 C D 3 O R 5 E F 229 S T 1055 G H 2 U V 33 J J 21 W X 244 K L 0 Y Z 0 SID NAME To find the specific type of anti virus you can type its SID number or name in this field if you know and then click Search The system will locate that rule for you Search Click this button to find out all the virus rules related to the SID NAME that you entered The page of the searching result will be shown as the following picture Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Virus gt gt Virus List Anti Virus Search Result Name SID Bagle AC 21593 Bagle AF 22361 Bagle AG 22417 Bagle BL 34196 Bagle BY 2 35493 Bagle BZ 1 35496 Bagle BZ2 35497 Bagle CB 35682 Bagle CD 1 35686 Bagle CD 2 35687 Click each name link to check the detailed information of
81. from Router Web Configurator You can also create and register a new account from the web configurator of the VigorPro router 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password Do not type any word on the window and click OK 2 From the router s web page please open Defense Configuration gt gt Activation Or Click CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Defense Configuration i P Activation 3 You will get the following page Click the Activate link from the Activation web page Defense Confiquration gt gt Activation Activate via interface WAN v Anti Intrusion Anti Yirus License Activate Status Not Activated Anti Spam License Activate Status Not Activated Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Authentication Message Web Filtar hut hanti rata 2suaeresseti ee ee mn ee a a ar Or CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status CT CF Start Date 2010 02 26 Expire Date 2010 03 29 Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 249 Dray Te k 4 Click the Activate link A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first
82. from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively 78 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Enable PortScan detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Block Ping of Death Block ICMP Fragment VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagr
83. function The default setting is Disable Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet 3 http 192 168 1 1 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer 2nd DHCP Server Start IP Address IP Pool Counts o max 10 Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address E l l l f a Dray Tek RIP Protocol Control DHCP Server Configuration Dray Tek Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an
84. grey list will temporarily reject any email from a sender it does not recognize If the mail is legal the server will check it again and the email will be accepted If the mail is from a spammer it will probably not be retried since a spammer goes through thousands of email addresses and can not afford the time delay to retry This page allows user to set conditions to block mails coming from outside Basically the incoming mails will be regarded as malice and must be blocked However mails sent out by the host will be regarded as normal and no limitation will be set for them Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Spam gt gt Grey List Setting Grey List Entry Table Add State Sender H A perry hotmail con Grey List Entry Setting Sender E Mail Address Page V 1000 Refresh Receiver Sender IP Action Result a carrie _ni draytek com 192 168 1 12 Success E Pecelver E Mail Address Sender IP es ee eee Grey List System Setting Initial Delay Timecsec Sender E Mail Address Receiver E Mail Address Sender IP Initial Delay Time White List Accept Time VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide White List Accept Timetsec White List Timeout sec 14400 432000 Set Type the e mail address of the sender Type the e mail address of the receiver Specify the sender s IP for blocking with grey list Type the time of initial delay for mail checking Type the time for mail tracing with white list i Dr
85. gt The TCP Session transmitted by using VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism will not be lost due to one of VPN Tunnels disconnected Users do not need to reconnect with setting TCP UDP Service Port again The VPN Load Balance function can keep the transmission for internal data on tunnel stably Dr ay Tek 168 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management Backup profile list Setto Factory Default Mote Active NO The LAN to LaN Profile is disable or under Dial In Call Direction at present No Status Hame Member Active Type Member Active Type Load Balance Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to LAWN Profile is disable or under Dial In Call Direction at present No Status Name Hemberi Active Type Member Active Type General Setup Status Enable Disable Memberi Please choose the combination that you want w Memberz Please choose the combination that you want wt Attribute Mode Backup Load Balance Backup Profile List Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile No The order of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Status on Backup Profile field v means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Name on Backup Profile field Display the name of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Member on Backup Profile field Display the dial out pr
86. have the best security The following picture explains the basic structure for using transparent mode for vigor router NAT Enable Tranparent Mode PCs with subnet 172 16 x x connected under VigorPro 5510 will be protected by security settings enabled and configured on the web pages of Vigor router When the transparent mode has been checked hackers from Internet do not sense the existence of vigor router therefore they cannot attack the router 68 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Advance Setting VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here E hitp 192 168_ 1_1 docfipfgenady htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin M Window size 65535 f Session timeout 1440 Minute Queue timeout 2 Minute Max Queue length 5 Retransmission queue lengh 32 Advertisement Enable Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of ch
87. legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning 1f you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect VigorPro5510 Series User s G
88. management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides user
89. modem on the WAN interface PPTP Server Specify the IP address of the PPTP server 172 16 3 102 255 255 0 0 Subnet Mask Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click Internet Access Setup gt Dialing to a Single ISP to enter the backup profile 39 Dray Tek PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Dray Tek Dial Backup Mode Mone This setting is available for i model only Due to the absence of the ISDN interface in some models the ISDN dial backup feature and its associated setup options are not available to them Please refer to the previous part for further information None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is activ
90. noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list the more efficiently the Vigor router perform 3 hittp 192 168 1 1 Group Object Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Object Group Edit Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie
91. of remote dial in user below This feature is for 1 model only Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with PSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection 154 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide SSL Tunnel Specify Remote Node Netbios Naming Packet VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Nice to Have Apply the PSec policy first if it 1s applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection It allows the remote dial in user to make an SSL VPN Tunnel connection through Internet suitable for the application through network accessing e g PPTP L2TP IPSec If you check this box the function of SSL Tunnel for this account will be activated immediately VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Username 1272 Idle Timeout 300 second s Password Allowed Dial In Type IKE A
92. of this field is blank and the function will always work Direction Set the direction of packet flow LAN gt WAN WAN gt SLAN It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic Source Destination IP Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges Dray Tek 72 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Service Type VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide S http 192 168 1 1 IP Address Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer a IP Address Edit Address Type Group and Objects Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group None M or IP Object None vi or IP Object None 1 RD Department or IP Object 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable servi
93. or 10 of the device that it connected Connect one end of the power adapter to the router s power port on the rear panel and the other side into a wall outlet Power on the device by pressing down the power switch on the rear panel The system starts to initiate After completing the system test the ACT LED will light up and start blinking Cable DSL Modem or Media Converter For the detailed information of LED status please refer to section 1 2 Dray Tek 6 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 1 4 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE please visit www draytek com Internet Printer Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes Documents Le Settings Ea Control Panel ey Network Connections Search s Frinters and Faxes of Taskbar and Start Menu Help and Support Rum Log OFF coco lee Turn OFF Computer Internet Explorer VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 7 Dray Te k 3 Open File gt Add a New Computer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Add Printer Wizard We
94. or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 131 Dray Te k DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delive
95. p Att Dray Tek 230 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 16 6 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2006 Sep 5 Tueb 44 17 Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Time Protocol NTP RFC 1305 Server IP Address pool ntp arg Time Zane GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Enable Daylight Saving d Automatically Update Interval Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Time Protocol Select a time protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Automatically Update Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Interval Click OK to save these settings N VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide a Dray Tek 3 16 7 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SNMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 and this must match with the peer Registr
96. page 3 7 2 3 File Filter Profile To avoid confidential file being leaked out by someone else through network and cause severe consequence you can specify the file name in this page and determine to destroy or scan or pass it while the file passes through the router Before activating the File Filter Profile you have to set one Anti Virus profile on Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Virus gt gt Profile Setting Also you can specify file names without virus appended to be ignored by anti virus server to improve the performance This page allows you to set 32 entries rules of file names to be filtered by the router In such case the file format is ignored The router will destroy scan or non scan the specified filename according to the configuration that you set here Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Virus gt gt File Filter Profile File Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Mame Profile Mame i default 5 2 6 3 l 4 8 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 113 Dray Te k Click any number link to open the configuration page Below is the page of File Filter Profile The priority of each entry is determined by the index number That is the entry of Index 1 has the highest priority in file name filtering the entry of Index 32 has the lowest priority in filtering Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Virus gt gt File Filter Profile gt gt Profile Setting Profile Index 1 Priority File Extension
97. page will be shown Dray Tek 36 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 Static or Dynamic IP Enable Disable ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode Keep WAN Connection C Enable PING to keep alive o minuters WAN Connection Detection ARP Detect 255 Max 1500 PING to the IP PING Interval Mode Ping IP TTL MITU FIP Protocol Enable RIP Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client ISDN Dial Backup Setup Keep WAN VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Mone ka WAN IP Network Settings __ AN IP Alias O Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP Client Router Name o Domain Name Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address 172 16 53 102 255 255 0 0 172 165 1 1 IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address l Secondary IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MC Address fc fa fae Hea Lec a Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click Internet Access Setup gt Dialing to a Single ISP to enter the backup profile Packet Trigger Always On This setting is a
98. predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide D Dray Tek Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Hame Test MO Status Local Address Remote Address MTS Ery Service Type CodePoint 10 Active Any Any IP precedence 2 ANY 2 Active 192 168 1 66 Any ANY TFTPYUDP 69 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To add a new service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Class Class Class pe Index Status Bandwidth Directon 1 9 3 Others Bandwidth Control WAN1 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Bae 20 2a 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type WO Name Protocol Port 1 Empty Dr ay Tek 136 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide For adding a new service type click Add to op
99. represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 61 Dray Te k NAT gt Open Ports gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports Comment WARK Interface WANT Local Computer 192 168 1 10 Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port Protocol Start Port End Fort Enable Open Ports Comment WAN Interface Local Computer Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port 3 3 4 Address Mapping Kiik nnn 4700 6 4700 F s 3 Ton COU HULU Clear Cancel Check to enable this entry i Make a name for the defined network application service Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host This page is used to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias If you have
100. start eng O AIT Count AY Count Time Interval 410 seconds Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup iz Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Enable Disable Click Enable to activate AI AV Count Setting The AI AV auto block setting result will be seen in Diagnostics gt gt LAN Security Monitor Default setting is Disable Diagnostics gt gt LAN Security Monitor O LAN Security Monitor Refresh Seconds 10 pa Index IP Address TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions 1 Refresh Count AV Count Aktion e General Setup Settings configured here will be applied for most of the defense events intrusion virus except settings configured in Specific Limitation AI Count type the number for the system to block the connection of the source IP for AI events Severity choose Low Medium or High for the system to block the connection of the source IP for AI and AV events AV Count type the number for the system to block the connection of the source IP for AV events Dray Tek 122 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Limitation List Specific Limitation Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Time Interval type the time for the system to wait and execute the action of blocking This field displays the information for specific limitation Users can specify clients on LAN and let the router count AI AV e
101. the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor G model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11g protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology Super G to lift up data rate up to 108 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Dr
102. the Activate link from Anti Spam License to activate Anti Spam service Defense Configuration gt gt Activation Activate via interface WAN w Anti Intrusion Anti irus License Activate Status DT DT Start Date 2010 05 03 Expire Date 2011 05 04 Anti Spam License Activate Status Not Activated Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Authentication Message AV AI Get new license successful 2010 05 03 06 31 09 Activated Wiz Activated Wizard query license OB8 07 a7 WebFilter Service not activate 2010 04 25 05 43 24 Anti Spam Service not activate 2010 04 26 05 43 24 AV RI Service not activate 2010 04 28 05 43 24 Btatus Successful 2010 05 03 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alen Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Dray Tek 262 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 4 A Login page will be shown on the screen Please type the account and password that you created previously And click Login This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code T4he1C If you cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a MyVYiger Account Y Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our
103. the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings 3 5 6 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list in Anti Spam gt gt Profile Setting Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Mame Index Mame 1 17 18 3 19 4 20 J 21 G 2 l 23 8 24 J 23 1 Zt 13 29 15 31 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Dr ay Tek 88 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects Name Type a name for this group Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page Objects within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in this box l K j a i a Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in this box 3 5 7 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter and Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Virus All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Profile 1 with name of defa
104. to import a saved file as the certification information There are three types of local certificate supported by Vigor router Dray Tek 180 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Import X509 Local Certificate Upload Local Certificate Select a local certificate file Click Import to upload the local certificate Upload PKCS 1 Certificate Select a PECS12 file Click Import to upload the PECS12 file Upload Certificate and Private Key Select a certificate file and a matchable Private Key Click Import to upload the local certificate and private key Upload Local Certificate Upload PKCS12 Certificate Upload Certificate and Private Key REFRESH It allows users to import the certificate which is generated by vigor router and signed by CA server If you have done well in certificate generation the Status of the certificate will be shown as OKR It allows users to import the certificate whose extensions are usually pfx or p12 And these certificates usually need passwords Note PKCS12 is a standard for storing private keys and certificates securely It is used in among other things Netscape and Microsoft Internet Explorer with their import and export options It is useful when users have separated certificates and private keys And the password is needed if the private key 1s encrypted Click this button to refresh the information listed below Vi
105. to re select service type you to activate 5 Wait for a moment till the following page appears Service Activation Wizard Connection Succeeded Please check the following item s to enable the ALAY or WCF or AS services on your router Enable Anti Intrusion Anti Virus Enable Web Content Filter Enable Anti Spam When such page appears you can enable or disable these services for your necessity Then click Finish Dray Tek 79 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 6 Now the web page will display the service s with valid time that you have activated according to your selection s Service Activation Wizard Server Enabled DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Anti Virus 2010 02 26 2010 03 29 Web Content filter 2010 02 26 2010 03 29 Anti Spam 2010 02 26 010 03 29 Status DT KL CT CF CLTCH Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router update your signature again is recommended Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved 7 Open Defense configuration gt gt Activation to check the services status Defense Configuration gt gt Activation Activate via interface VAN 1 ka Anti Intrusion Anti Yirus License Status DT KL Start Date 2010 02 26 Expire Date 2010 03 29 Anti Spam License Status CTCH Start Date 2010 02 26 Expire Date 2010 03 29 Web Filter License Status CT CF Start Date
106. wireless client Attribute s select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 201 Dray Te K Add Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Cancel Give up the access control set up OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 3 13 5 WDS WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface LAN3 _ oe h RG N Y 3 amp wr it ng 9 b N el lt ay ee eee py nate em gee eee ed LAN LAN2 The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below Dray Tek 202 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Host with Host with Host with bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 wY n a P The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets receiv
107. you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Mean maximum transmission unit of one packet The default value is 1442 Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only F hittp i7192 168 1 1 WANIIP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer a O f WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool Boocmecssed a W o o eo aa sO Oooo d 17 24 25 32 gt gt Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned 38 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide DNS Server IP Address Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address
108. 09 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Now you have finished all the procedure for activating Anti Spam service for your router Note You are allowed to use this version with anti spam feature for 30 days after registration for your router In addition you will be informed with an e mail before expire date of this version VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 265 Dray Tek 4 4 3 For WCF Web Content Filter Service Please follow the steps below to activate WCF Service for your system 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password 2 From the router s web page please open Defense Configuration gt gt Activation You will see the following web page Defense Configuration g b Activation 3 Click the Activate link from Web Filter License to activate WCE service Defense Configuration gt gt Activation Activate via interface VAN 1 w Anti Intrusion Anti irus License Activate Status DT DT Start Date 2010 05 03 Expire Date 2011 05 04 Anti Spam License Activate Status CTCH Start Date 2010 05 03 Expire Date 2010 06 02 Web Filter License Status Not Activated Authentication Message Activated Wiz Activated Wizard query license status Successful 2010 05 03 O68 o7 4
109. 1 192 168 225 200 19 4 15 4 0 0 46 0 Bi ISDN1i 192 168 225 200 is 3 14 a 0 0 43 0 B 3 12 4 Virtual TA Virtual TA means the local hosts or PCs in the network that uses popular CAPI based software such as RVS COM or BVRP to access the router as a local ISDN TA for sending or receiving FAX messages over the ISDN line Basically it is a client server network model The built in Virtual TA server handles the establishment and release of connections The Virtual TA client which is installed on the local hosts or PCs creates a CAPI based driver to relay all CAPI messages between the applications and the router CAPI module Before describing the configuration of Virtual TA in the Vigor routers please notice the following limitations DSL Cable Modem Internet i ISP i C Vigor Router PC within CAP based application ISDN Network PSTN Virtual Virtual lt Client Server NT 1 ISDN TA PC As depicted in the above application scenario the Virtual TA client can make an outgoing call or accept an incoming call to from a peer FAX machine or ISDN TA etc Click the Virtual TA Remote CAPI Setup tab in the Quick Setup field to configure the Virtual TA features VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 189 Dr ay Te k Before describing the configuration of Virtual TA in the Vigor routers please heed the following limitations The Virtual TA client only supports Microsoft Windows 98 SE 2000 XP platforms
110. 1 0Gi act DE Mosier SOQOURITY FIREWALL pe GETEN ca Danus Gian iei 3 If not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 299 Dray Te k For Windows The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www draytek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections e Jetwork Connections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties eth Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using Eg ASUSTerBroadcom 4408 10 100 Ir This connection uses the following items El Client tor Microsoft Networks il File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks fm 0s Packet Scheduler ie me internet Protocol TCP IP Install Uninsta Descripti
111. 199 Dray Te k WPA WEP Dray Tek WPA PSK Only Accepts WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Remember to select WPA type to define either Mixed or WPA2 only in the field below WPA 802 1x Only Accept WPA clients with 802 1x authentication Remember to select WPA type to define either Mixed or WPA2 only in the field below Since the key will be auto negotiated during authentication the field of key setting below will be not available for input The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D Encryption Mode ha4 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use 200 VigorPro5510 Series User
112. 2 166 1 Tidociiialiyal htm Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 C TW O vigor Issuer C TW C vigor Subject z Subject Alternative Name Valid From Jul 15 09 04 29 2009 GMT Wahd To Jul 15 09 14 11 2019 GMT Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first Dray Tek 298 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright RPRO 355
113. 2 Latest 0 IRC 15 Malware 591 Mise 239 RPC 57 Scan 105 OL Inject 265 Web CGI 82 SID Name To find the specific type of anti intrusion you can type its SID number or name in this field if you know and then click Search The system will locate that type for you Search It can help the user to find out specific anti intrusion rule quickly Type links Click any anti intrusion type link to access into next page for configuring the rules settings Here we provide several rules for each type The factory types and rules for anti intrusion are shown in this page If you want to acquire more types and rules please go to www vigorpro com and finish the registration work Later the wide range of anti intrusion types will be added into this page After you click any one of type links you can access into the rules setup page for activating rules We take the type of BO as an example Below 1s the rules setup page for BO type For the detailed information about the full name meaning of each rule and or type you can click the name link list on the Anti Intrusion Rules Setup page to connect VigorPro webpage for viewing VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 107 Dray Te k Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Intrusion gt gt Advanced Setup Anti Intrusion Rules Setup Page 7 Enable Name SID Severity Log f iaae Pass Disallow Reset Default AJ Web Server DoS 1585 M O O Active Webcam WebServer DoS 1518 NM O O Al
114. 2 168 29 202 192 168 29 1 103 119 Online status for Static IP for WANI system Status LAN Status Primary DNS 168 95 192 1 IP Address TH Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 Tr 56 WAM 1 Status Enable Line Name Mode Yes Ethernet Static IP IP GW IP TR Packets TX Rate 192 168 5 100 192 168 5 1 3 1 WAN 2 Status Enable Line Name Mode Yes Ethernet PPPoE IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate 61 230 209 207 61 230 192 254 10 16 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 25 System Uptime 0 0 18 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 Up Time 0 00 11 RX Packets iS Up Time ee a eae RX Packets 10 RX Rate 42 gt gt Drop PPPoE RX Rate 1 System Uptime 0 0 18 Secondary DNS 165 95 1 1 Up Time 0 00 11 RX Packets 3 Up Time 0 00 15 RX Packets 14 RX Rate 42 gt gt Drop PPPoE RX Rate 6 System Uptime 0 0 18 Secondary DNS 165 95 1 1 Up Time 0 00 11 RX Packets 3 Up Time 0 00 11 RX Packets 10 RX Rate 42 gt gt Drop PPPoE RX Rate 12 Dray Tek Online status for DHCP system Status LAN Status IP Address 192 168 1 1 WAN 1 Status Enable Yes IP 122 ieee 10 WAN 2 Status Enable YEs IP 6l 230 21366 Primary DNS 168 95 192 1 System Uptime 0 6 52 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 TX Packets RX Packets bf 558 gt gt Release Line Mame Mode Up Time Ethernet DHCP Client 0 06 45 GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 192 168 5 1 5q a 68 a gt gt Drop PPPoE Line Mame Mode Up Ti
115. 39 5 65 54 123 126 129 54 152 196 45 6T 174 114 63 Ta 1985 854 147 98 233 151 47 78 137 68 174 201 234 159 9 24 197 127 19 75 131 23 114 52 30 30 61 Refresh It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT 237 Dray Tek Peer IP Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host Interface It indicates the interface of the WAN connection Refresh Click it to reload the page 3 17 6 Wireless VLAN Online Station Table Click Diagnostics and click Wireless VLAN Online Station Table to open the web page It will display the IP address MAC address and Login ID information for all the Wireless VLAN stations Diagnostics gt gt Wireless VLAN Online Station Wireless LAN Online Station Table Refresh IP Address Mac Address Login ID IP Address Display the IP address of the wireless station MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless station Login ID Display the login ID that the wireless station belongs to Note Such feature is available for Vigor5510Gi only 3 17 7 LAN Security Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box wil
116. 4 Lilt iw List the backup profile name ERD means Environment Recovers Detection Normal choose this mode to make all dial out VPN TRUNK backup profiles being activated alternatively Recover Timer choose this mode to detect VPN connection periodically and type the value for it the unit is second If VPN server for Member has completed the network connection current VPN Tunnel backup connection will be off Resume when VPN connection breaks down or disconnects Member 1 will be the top priority for the system to do VPN connection This field will display detailed information for Environment Recovers Detection a Dray Tek 3 10 8 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds General Mode Backup Mode Load Balance Mode YPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol Go Virtual Tx Tx Rate Rx Rx Rate a Type eee Network Pkts Bps Pkts Bps pene MMEMEERM Data is encrypted HEMRREEMM Data isn t encrypted Dial Click this button to execute dial out function with general mode backup mode or load balance mode Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this butto
117. 56M MAC Address OO SO 7F C4 CC 45 Objects Setting Memory usage 15 Connection Static IP CS IP Address 172 16 3 229 ee LAN Default Gateway 172 16 1 1 e Configuration Mode NAT MAC Address 00 50 7F C4 CC 44 ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 Bandwidth Management Applications 1st Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 WAN 2 DHCP Server Yes Link Status Connected DNS 168 95 1 1 MAC Address OO SO 7F C4 CC 46 Connection Static IP IP Address 172 16 3 102 VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management ISDN Default Gateway 172 16 1 1 Mode NAT Note The home page will change slightly in accordance with the router you have 4 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password 5 Enter the login password the default is blank on the field of Old Password Type a new one in the field of New Password and retype it on the field of Confirm New Password Then click OK to continue 6 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router Username Password Copyrighte DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 14 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 2 2 Quick Start Wizard If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick
118. 7 Anti Spam Get new license successful 2010 05 03 06 41 45 AV LI Get new license successful 2010 05 05 06 31 09 Mote If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Dray Tek 266 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 4 A Login page will be shown on the screen Please type the account and password that you created previously And click Login This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code 4 h e 1 C If you cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a MyV iger Account Y Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 886 3 597 2727 oF email to webmastenmdraytek com 5 On the web page of My Product click the Trial button for WCF Web Content Filter service My Product Device Information Nickname 5510ni Serial 20100503140901 Model VigorPro5510 Expired License vy i LT DT on 2010 05 03 2011 05 04 Be WCF CT CF om as CTCH on 2010 05 03 2010 06 02 Weans such service is in use Trial D Trial Allows you to have the free trial tor e Means such service is not in use amp Means such service has not been activated yet amp
119. 7 3 6 2 URL Content Filter Profile seniisorisrtnaseinnn s a IAEE 97 3 0 0 Web Content Filter PrOtle icnssisiconerck vashaewennennaaeannexan rnn a e Aii 101 3 7 Defense Configuration cccccccssssseccceeeeceeeesseecceeeeesaeeseseceeeeeseeueeeeeeseessueeaeeeeeesessuaaseeeeeeees 105 ANUS O eniai EEEE A E E REE 105 e ADIA IS aie EE EA E EEEE 109 Is AE PO e E E E E E A E E 116 3 7 4 Activation for Anti Intrusion Anti Virus Anti Spam Web Filter Service cccce 120 3 7 5 AVAV Auto BIlOCKk ccicscaesantnssnaieneswztecducmennmasdadexgennateadanlasendeu sevens dndeestucawesepensacceteeiuoixeeesunae 122 3 7 6 Signature UPQrade ccccccccccsssesceeceeseeceeeceeeeceeeseeeeeeeesseeseeeeesseaseeeeseageeeessseaeeeeeessaaees 124 EE E ee S T A E ee E ee ee eee 127 3 8 Bandwidth Management wrescisr stcus masdunsncenciesinwsalectasausduessaaaiatvendl anectaicayeediasmaadiexmenannsns 128 A OSS IOMN Ss LIM esenee er o ear nai e a e a 128 209 2 OWEN LIMI ois ccc seed ote aces cen sve enn r ai see e svete Ta 129 So NY Oi NC os sod EEE E E EE cin seed E EE E 131 Bo POC AON S aene anenaiiaat E E 138 3 9 1 DYNAMIC DNS sesicscheistcsnedencssctesecesseseversclonsadesoedecsencbueddaswedensoedeersdesbcearddesweseweesebers ctnedsosst 138 OREA CO NN EEE E acide cc pe ceased oe peace T E E E E EE A 140 So RADIU EDAP eaae E E E 142 SS PURAR er E E E A eects andesite deaeecdmneteudeeestatecmeeseeeedecstuetats 144 3295 TOMP pee ER EAE E E 146 SOW kE O
120. AF Bagle AG Bagle BL Bagle BY Bagle b 1 Bagle B 7 Bagle CB Bagle CD 1 Bagle CD Name Format String on on on on Refresh SHELLCODE MIPS Ultrix NOOP Trin00 attacker to master Trin00 attacker to master Trin00 attacker to master3 shaft client login handler CVS BSD heap overflow CVS Solaris heap overflow DNS named overflow DNS named overflow ADMROCKS Dray Tek 3 17 12 Web Firewall Syslog This page displays the time and message for firewall settings You can check Enable Web Firewall Syslog and choose the display mode you want Later the event of firewall will be shown for your reference Diagnostics gt gt Web Firewall Syslog W Enable Web Firewall Syslog Display Mode Stop record when fulls Refresh Clear Time Message 2008 12 03 FILTER Pass lan gt wan 0 59 07 410 S R 2 2 172 16 2 25 48430 10 59 51 gt 139 175 55 244 53 UDP HLen 20 TLen 78 2008 12 03 FILTER Fass lan gt wan 0 59 07 370 S R 2 2 172 16 2 25 48428 10 59 51 gt 139 175 55 244 53 UDP HLen 20 TLen 81 2008 12 02 FILTER Pass lan gt wan 0 59 07 370 S R 2 2 172 16 2 25 60843 gt 208 83 137 114 2703 TCP HLen 20 TLen 60 Flag 5S Seq 2780745383 Ack 0 10 59 51 Win 5840 008 122 035 FILTER Fass lan gt wan 0 59 07 340 S R 2 2 172 16 2 25 48427 10 59 51 gt 139 175 55 244 53 UDP HLen 20 TLen 78 2008 12 03 FILTER Fass lan gt wan 0 59 07 330 S R 2 2 172 16 2 25
121. Address Network Interface 211 100 88 0 255 255 255 0 192 169 1 3 LAN 3 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Retresh Fey C connected 5 static R RIF default private Ss C T oe 3 2 4 VLAN 0 0 0 0 192 168 10 07 255 255 172 16 3 0 255 255 0 0 0 0 wia 172 16 35 1 WANI wia 192 168 1 2 LAN is directly connected Waly 1 o 192 166 1 0 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN 0 0 211 100 88 07 255 255 wia 192 168 1 3 LAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage the in out rate of each port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt VLAN Configuration LAN Configuration Enable LANO VLAN1 VLAN YLANG MENENENI b b b bi OOOO amp mE E To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the following example 1 If VLAN 0 is consisted of hosts linked to Pl and P2 and VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P3 and P4 Dray Tek 52 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Internet 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown below LAN gt VLAN Configuration LAN Configuration Enable
122. CF service you can skip this section WCE adopts the mechanism developed and offered by certain service provider e g DrayTek No matter activating WCF feature or getting a new license for web content filter you have to click Activate to satisfy your request Be aware that service provider matching with VigorPro5510 currently offers a period of time for trial version for users to experiment If you want to purchase a formal edition simply contact with the channel partner or your dealer Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page The default setting for Setup Query Server Setup Test Server is auto selected You can choose another server for your necessity by clicking Find more to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable one Next click the link of Test a site to verify whether it is categorized to do the verification VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 101 Dray Te k CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name ila Default zia 2 G ay i 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters Cache LI Cache lt hody gt lt center gt lt hbr gt lt br gt lt hbr gt lt p gt The requested Web page lt br gt from 51Ps lt br gt to URL
123. Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to 100 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages Upload Check the box to reject any file upload job File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously for passing or blocking the file downloading ene 3 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation Service Activation Wizard allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com However if you use the Web Content Filter Profile page to activate WCF feature it is necessary for you to access into the server MyVigor located on http myvigor draytek com Therefore you need to register an account on http myvigor draytek com for using corresponding service Please refer to section 4 1 for more information of creating My Vigor account Note If you have used Service Activation Wizard to activate W
124. Dialing to Dual ISPs Dual ISP Common Settings PPP MP Setup 1 LJ Enable Dual ISPs Function Link Type Dialup BOD w 2 O Require ISP callback CBCP PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout 150 second s Primary ISP Setup Secondary ISP Setup ISP Name fe ISP Name Dial Number fe Dial Number sername Oooo Username Password fs Password Corre IP Address Assignment Method IPCP IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address fs Fized IP Address Common Settings Enable Dual ISPs Function Check to enable the Dual ISPs function Require ISP Callback CBCP If your ISP supports the callback function check this box to activate the Callback Control Protocol during the PPP negotiation ull PPP MP Setup Link Type There are three link types provided here for different purpose Link Disable disables the ISDN dial out function Dialup 128Kbps allows you to use both ISDN B channels for Internet access Dialup BOD for detailed information of configuration please refer to section 3 10 5 stands for bandwidth on demand The router will use only one B channel in low traffic situations Once the single B channel bandwidth is fully used the other B channel will be activated automatically through the dialup PPP Authentication PAP only allows you to configure the PPP session to use the PAP protocol to negotiate the username and password with the ISP
125. E IMPORT REFRESH GENERATE Click this button to open Generate Certificate Signing Request window Type in all the information that the window request such as certifcate name used for identifying different certificate subject alternative name type and relational settings for subject name Then click GENERATE again VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 179 Dray Te k Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Signing Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address i IP Subject Name Country C State ST TS Location L D S Organization Unit OLY DO OE Common Name CN D S email 6 D SSS Key Type Key Size Generate Note Please be noted that Common Name must be configured with rotuer s WAN IP or domain name After clicking GENERATE the generated information will be displayed on the window below Cerificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify server fC TWeST HsinchuyvL Hsinchu c Requesting Vilew Delete View Delete ae Reset zuz Vlew Delete SENERANE IMPORT LJREERESH IMPORT Vigor router allows you to generate a certificate request and submit it the CA server then import it as Local Certificate If you have already gotten a certificate from a third party you may import it directly The supported types are PKCS12 Certificate and Certificate with a private key Click this button
126. Enable Pass processing Enable Disallow processing Enable Reset processing Mote If you want to email alert or syslog please setup on the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you need more information please enter Advanced Setup Anti Intrusion Control Setup Enable Anti Intrusion Service High Security Medium Security Low Security Enable Pass processing Enable Disallow processing Dray Tek This field will display the signature version of this router The default signature version is basic In this version you can modify the settings for Anti Intrusion rules in Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Intrusion gt gt Advanced Setup page However if you restart reset the router all the modified configurations for the rules will not be available and return to the default settings Except basic the modified configurations for other signature versions are available all the time after you saved them in Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Intrusion gt gt Advanced Setup page Check this box to enable the anti intrusion function Click this radio button to activate the anti intrusion service with overall detecting conditions That is the router will detect and block the incoming outgoing packets which match all the severity rules including high medium and low The degree of severity for each rule is defined in Advance Setup Click this radio button to activate the anti intrusion service with medium detecting
127. G Application and Examples 5 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address Router B RouterA 220 135 240 210 220 135 240 208 emote Branch Office 192 168 2 0 Headquarter 192 168 1 0 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 273 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users ial When DHCP Disable set rea PAP or CHAP a l Authentication Assigned IP range 192 166 1 200 al Encryption Mutual Authentication PAP ves No Wisermamne fs Password Oooo For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in S
128. Guide Defense Configuration gt gt Activation Activate via interface WAN Anti Intrusion Anti Yirus License Activate Status OT KL Start Date 2010 02 26 Expire Date 2010 03 29 Anti Spam License Activate Status CTCH Start Date 2010 02 26 Expire Date 2010 03 29 Web Filter License Activate Status CT CF Start Date 2010 02 26 Expire Date 2010 03 29 Authentication Message WebFilter Authenticate successful 2010 03 25 03 30 07 Anti Spam Authenticate successful AV RI Ruthenticate successful 2010 03 24 15 37 15 2010 03 25 05 28 47 Mote If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 121 Dray Tek 3 7 5 Al AV Auto Block This page can determine the block standard for data transmission based on the AI AV auto block setting In another word when the host 1s attacked over the count number set here the system will block the data transmission from the source IP automatically for security Limitation List displays the specific limitations that you set in this web page Defense Configuration gt Al AV Auto Block AI AY Auto Block Enable Disable Action Syslog Enable General Setup AI Count Severity AM Count Time Interval B0 seconds Limitation List AI Counts AY Counts Time Interval Specific Limitation
129. IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet cz DHCP Server Public IP Address wr Private Subnet a ii aaa a Router IP Addres 46844 192 168 1 11 192 168 1 12 In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 45 Dr ay Te k Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subr Router IP What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group l
130. In Note If you intend running a YPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allaw pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings The Vigor router will not accept the ISDN dial in connection if the box of Enable ISDN Dial in is not checked Dray Tek 148 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 10 2 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users izj When DHCP Disable set Dial In PPP PAP of CHAP E J Authentication Assigned IP range 192 168 1 200 vo MPPE Optional MPPE ha Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Dial In PPP Select this option to force the router to authenticate dial in Authentication PAP Only users with the PAP protocol PAP or CHAP Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Dial In PPP Encryption This option represents that the MPPE encryption method will MPPE Optional MPPE be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encrypt
131. In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 275 Dray Tek 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN C PPTP IPSec Tunnel O L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 or Peer ID Username Password YJ Compression On Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number minute s Callback Budget If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN PPTP C IPSec Tunnel O L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway Peer ISDN Number or Peer VPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 or Peer ID Username draytek Password eeces vJ Compression on O Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Call
132. K to save this profile Dray Tek 90 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 5 8 IM Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for Instant Messenger These profiles will be applied in Firewall gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt IM Object Profile I Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Mame 1 i 2 15 ay 13 4 20 3 21 G Ze LE 23 amp 24 J 23 10 2b Ti f 12 20 13 29 t4 30 15 31 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details There are several types of Instant Messenger IM provided here for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use IM Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 91 Dray Te k Objects Setting gt gt IM Object Profile Profile Index 1 profile Name O Check for Disallow Advanced Management Activity Application MSN YahooIM AIMf lt 5 94 Ica Login F d d d Message O d d F File Transfer F F L C Game L F L F viden d d d d Voice C F Conference d d E Other Activities d F F Other IM Application VoIP O AIMS oG CliChat J Jabber GoogleTalk F Skype Cl Googlechat U Fire L GaduGadu L Paltalk F SIP Cl Onest Meetro LJpaco pp365
133. L FastTrack kaza BearShare iMesh L OpenFt KCeasy FilePipe C Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy OpenNap Lopster XNap WinLop J BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet O winny Winny Winks Share Other P2P Applications C unlei C vagaa CI PP365 C FPOco Cl Clubbox COl Ares ezPeer Profile Name Type a name for this profile VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 93 Dray Te k Type a name for such profile and check all the protocols that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile 3 5 10 Misc Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for miscellaneous applications These profiles will be applied in Firewall gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt Misc Object Profile Misc Profile Table Profile SFoert FeREBbrrPrerrrereEer Set to Factory Default Name Profile Clear all profiles 17 amp i CD Cr CD Setto Factory Default Name Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Applications for tunneling and streaming are listed in the page for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use Misc Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow Dray Tek 94 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt Misc Objec
134. List first or choose Destroy First for destroying the content of mail matching with Black and White List first Priority Selection Destroy First Pass First PESTINE Log Matched Events Check this box to record all the matched events of mails on Syslog Action Determines the action Pass or Destroy for the ni Dray Tek Enable Anti Spam Server Query Need license Dray Tek emails coming from the sender or for the emails sending out from the receiver or for the subject with the keyword selected here Action Sender Destroy ass Receiver Destroy Group Object Selections Choose a suitable group or object for passing or blocking Click Edit to open the following dialog The keyword group that you have set on Object Settings gt gt Keyword Object Object Settings gt gt Keyword Group will be displayed here for you to choose 3 http 192 168_ 1 1 Group Object Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Group Object Edit Keyword Group Keyword 1 or Keyword Group or Keyword Group ae or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object Destroy Tag Message Max 30 characters Type the character s as a tag for destroying Mails would be judged and categorized into Spam Bulk or normal mails For the one that is confirmed as spam will be processed with the rule of Spam and the one that is pro
135. M P2P application blocking All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the IM P2P profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of IM P2P profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 3 13 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 3 13 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content a Dray Tek Anti Virus Anti Intrusion Accept large incoming Enable Transparent Mode Dray Tek Filter web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 3 13 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the anti virus profile settin
136. Mode Mone ka WAN Connection Detection Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address TTL 205 MITU Max 1492 C PPPoE Client Mode Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username password and authentication Dray Tek parameters according to the information provided by your ISP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously 34 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide ISDN Dial Backup Setup WAN Connection Detection MTU PPP MP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click Internet Access Setup gt Dialing to a Single ISP to enter the backup profile Dial Backup Mode Mone This setting is available for i model only Due to the absence of
137. Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status i x 9 x 2 FS 10 Fe 3 w ii w 4 x 12 x ih w i w 6 w id w k x 15 x a w Status v Active x Inactive Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule please click any index say Index No 1 The detailed settings of the call schedule with i
138. P remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 235 Dray Te k 3 17 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected S static R RIP default private A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 3 1 WaN1 C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN C 172 16 3 0 7 255 255 255 0 is directly connected Want v Refresh Click it to reload the page 3 17 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table Clear Refresh IP Address Mac Address a 192 168 1 10 OO0 OE i6 24 D5 Aa1 172 16 3 19 O00 OD 60 6F 839 cCi 172 16 3 163 00 S0 7F 14 58 89 172 16 3 156 00 S0 7F 14 56 0 F 172 16 3 153 00 S0 7F 14 57 07 172 16 3 131 00 07 40 82 14 EF 172 16 3 112 O00 40 Ci 6B 56 Bi 172 16 3 114 OO0 OE i6 4F 10 C4 172 16 3 8 00 11 25 22 66 22 172 16 3 161 00 S0 7F 14 58 CF 172 16 3 198 O00 S50 7F 1i 57 aE 172 16 3 174 00 0C 6E 5S5E C8 60 172 16 3 160 OO0 OE i6 5C 5C D9 172 16 3 188 OO EO 18 72 aEF 11 172 16 3 20 O00 OD 60 6F 83 BC
139. P Address 168 95 1 1 Secondary IP Address basse led To use another DHCP server in the network rather than the built in one of Vigor Router you have to change the settings as show below Internet Public IP Address cz 220 135 240 207 Private Subnet Router IP Addre You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage O Enable Server Disable Server Ist IP Address J2 160 1 1 Relay Agent O 1st Subnet 2nd Subnet ist Subnet Mask 755 255 255 0 Start IF Address 192 166 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts 2nd IP Address 192 165 2 1 Gateway IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHEP Server IP Address STS eee for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address C Force ONS manual setting RIP Protocol Control Disable i Primary IP Address 168 595 1 1 Secondary IP Address OoOo Dray Tek 288 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 5 5 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools 1 Go to www draytek com 2 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Firmware menu and click it Search the model you have and click on it to download the newly update firmware fo
140. P Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP3 ves No For using PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Dray Tek 280 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP VIDES Mapes MAES Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to Remote Dial In Users Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Enable this account Username pee Allowed Dial In Type IKE Authentication Method C ISDN Pre Shared Key Fi pete Pre IPSec Tunnel C Digital Signature 1 509 Cl L2TP with IPSec Policy SSL Tunnel IPSec Security Method w i Sp
141. P address here Do not change the default value if you do not select ISDN PPTP or L2TP This field is only applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote 166 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select ISDN PPTP or L2TP Remote Network IP Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Remote Network Mask Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode More Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router 4 http 192 168 1 1 LAN to LAN Profile Microsoft Internet Explorer 0 X Profile Index 1 Remote Network Network IP Netmask 255 255 255 255 32 vl RIP Direction The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable From first subnet to If the remo
142. P or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally 7 Dray Tek IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Dray Tek set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 This setting will be available when IPSec Tunnel is selected Click this radio button to invoke this function and select one predefined profile in the Peer ID set from VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Peer ID Display the IPSec Peer Identity profiles Use the drop down menu to choose any one desired Local ID There are two selections offered here Choose Alternative Subject Name First or choose Subject Name First based on the local certificate selected below Local Certificate When the router served as the client executes LAN to LAN dial out with IPSec mode it will transfer the certificate to the server based on the setting selected here Please use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates configured in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Me
143. PAP or CHAP can configure the PPP session to use the PAP or CHAP protocols to negotiate the username and password with the ISP Idle Timeout Idle timeout means the router will be disconnect after being idle for a preset amount of time The default is 180 seconds If you set the time to 0 the ISDN connection to the ISP will always remain on VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 187 Dray Te k Primary ISP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP for primary ISP setup Secondary ISP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP for secondary ISP setup ISP Name Enter your ISP name Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by your ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP In most environments you should not change these settings as most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address ISP Name Enter the secondary ISP name Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by the ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP In most environments you should not change these settings as most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in th
144. Quick Start Wizard PPTP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuration and PPTP server IP provided by your ISP User Name admin Password l Confirm Password WAN IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 3 229 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 PPTP Server IP Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WARK Interface WAMI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPTP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Dr ay Tek 18 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 2 2 3 Static IP Click Static IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Stan Wizard Static IP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the Static IP configuration probided by your ISP WAN IP 172 16 3 229 Subnet Mask Primary DNS After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WAMI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access Static IP Click Back to modify changes if nece
145. Robin Such method can reach the Dray Tek 174 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide VPN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide balance of packet transmission with flexible rate It can be divided into Auto Weighted and According to Speed Ratio Auto Weighted can detect the device speed 1OMbps 100Mbps and switch with fixed value ratio 3 7 for packet transmission If the transmission rate for packets on both sides of the tunnels is the same the value of Auto Weighted should be 5 5 According to Speed Ratio allows user to adjust suitable rate manually There are 100 groups of rate ratio for Member1 Member2 range from 1 99 to 99 1 Fastest Based on available bandwidth that integrated and considered by DrayOS system the system can adjust dynamically for bandwidth of both VPN tunnels In most cases VPN Tunnel with high rate will use the WAN interface which has more available bandwidth Below shows the algorithm for Load Balance Create Click this radio button for assign a blank table for configuring Binding Tunnel After insert Click this radio button to adding a new binding tunnel table Tunnel Bind Table Index 400 binding tunnel tables are provided by this device Choose any one of them for such Load Balance profile Active In active Delete can delete this binding tunnel table Active can activate this binding tunnel table Binding Dial Out Index Specify connection t
146. Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters On the next page as shown below please select the WAN interface that you use Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard Select WAN Interface Select WAN Interface WANT ow Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation ek ea On the next page as shown below please select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 15 Dray Te k Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAM 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP Static IP DHCP In the Quick Start Wizard you can configure the router to access the Internet with different protocol modes such as PPPoE PPTP Static IP or DHCP The router supports the DSL WAN interface for Internet access 2 2 1 PPPoE PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cabl
147. T LAN e A A EEE E E E 146 3 10 VPN and Remote ACCESS cccccsccccceseecceesececceseeessageeecsauseeceseeeseaeeeessageeessegseeessaseeenss 148 3 10 1 Remote Access GON Ol sieneiscacectdvassoastundesctauanzmdndvasiacntusdamebeveaeanienegiacebeddeesheundsencdoades 148 eee ee Cae Mee se TNO oe a A E E T 149 3 10 30 IPSec Gener Al SC UU aisia in a Ea a EE A aa 150 310 4 IPSec Peer Identity cossiensa a e aR Er aR i RA 151 3 10 Remote Diaki USEF sessionerne ANa aera aaRS 153 AOC CANIC CAN e E E E E esndeasenaetasanes 158 3 10 7 VPN TRUNK Manageme nt ccccccsseccccsseecsesseeceeseecseaseeecsaeeecsauseesseeeeessegseesseaes 167 3 10 8 CONNECTION Management cceccccceecceseeeseeeeeeceaeeeseeeeeeeeeesseaseeeeeeseesaeseeeeeeessaaageses 178 3 11 Certificate Management cccceecccccceeecceeeeeseceeeeeeseeseeeceeeeeeaeeeaeseeeeeessseeaseeeeeesssuaageeseeeees 179 ed Wa OCA GC IN CA e E E E dace E E cosas ecnaeeuernate 179 311 2 Trusted CA C SINC Me ieni a S aE 183 LIF Geri E BEIC KU oee E 184 FAZON ene ce eee ee ee E ee ee eee 185 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide vii Dray Te k 3 12 1 Basic CI OMCC IN sinteatasaesisisanatesnimanecstiacnsiconbinerattetiaame caitiandieabinaawaininerstosioauncatacstabineeinieent 185 3 12 2 GEMS Al SO UD as ecarnscsccascinexSaunseentinnti idunmendsiecied iaa aiaia Tae i aai Ei 185 3 12 3 Dial to a Single ISP Dial to Dual ISPS naannnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsnnnensnnrnressnnrrers
148. T S A 55 POACEAE CUO aanre R E 55 OD e DMZ FOS e E E E E 59 LI OPEP ONS aaaea E E E A E E E 61 OSD AdE SS NAPPING aec E N sac ceueataceeusessne toc aneenmecaseast 62 SR we N s eee ee E Cea E ne nee ee eT ern E ene et eee ere eee 64 Dray Te k vi VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 4 1 Basics for FIRGW a recccacecieccccsescnesexenercncdeantainnencsd nexeose2ioslteadswedeidoxdeuadenereneiatiawedoiaueWevnieeten 64 3 4 2 General SEUD smeren a ia a io ia a ieai aieea aE 66 JA 3 Filter SEUD orense mecinesys aia iaae oaa ENE a AEE Ta EA OEE Oa Taea EARE 71 34 4 DoS Defense arsonist iain i Naar NENE E eais 78 Ao ODECE SIS eare E A E E A A 81 2o IP ODS C eea E E 82 0 UP OG E E E A TEA AE E A E AET E E E 84 39 9 DEIVICE Type ODJOC I secendeccevaccicadssensedyanseidedetindedsseascideegeuasdsedexesceded asdsadexeescdsdeacd adetadondessies 85 3 5 4 Service Type GrOUD arrssseussisrsniraniiieinnani unean Akaa iS anina Tanara EEN teika 86 39 9 Keyword Caachi c cide scence snag cedandnunesede tesecencaeastenestasGs2dentoetaneewseteettetane ts 87 3 5 6 Keyword GOUD oes cesses cn desea vacdiceteseny dp tess isa aandaa adaa Ea ann nA NA ENa EN E ENa 88 30 7 File EXleNnslOly ODJECE aaa Ea EE aE S EE 89 ODOC ae E R E EE A Ai 91 SOPP ODO E ee e A E E E E A 93 IOME ODEO odene N E A EETA E A E T 94 OGON a E E E E so sceceeeseeeenaaneeeees 95 3 6 1 APP Enforcement Profile cccccccsccccceseccseeeseeeeceaeeeseeeeeseaeeeseaseseueeesaueesseeeseeeesseneeess 9
149. TEP Enable itll Enable the VigorPro Statistical Reporting Activation Date MM DD YYYY 05 03 2010 9 Next the DrayTek Service Activation screen will be shown as the following DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Anti Virus 2010 05 03 2011 05 04 DT DT Web Content filter a 7 l Not Activated Anti Spam See ae Mot Activated Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router update your signature again is recommended Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Close Dray Tek 260 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Above figure supposes you have not activated Anti Spam and Web Content Filter yet 10 Click Close 11 Open Defense Configuration gt gt Activation page of the router s web configurator The start date and expire date for the license are shown in this page Defense Configuration gt gt Activation Activate via interface VAN 1 w Activate Anti Spam License Activate Status Not Activated Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Authentication Message AV I G
150. Type or edit the distinguished name used to look up entries on the LDAP server VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 143 Dray Te k 3 9 4 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provides the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP O Enable Connection control Service Ol Enable Connection Status Service Mote If you intend running UPAP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection sta
151. Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination port start for the destination IP Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed through the WAN interface 44 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP Note VLAN menu item is only available for VigorPro 5510 3 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private
152. VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Peer ID Display the IPSec Peer Identity profiles Use the drop down menu to choose any one desired Local ID There are two selections offered here Choose Alternative Subject Name First or choose Subject Name First based on the local certificate selected below This group of fields is a must for PSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active i Dray Tek Callback Function GRE over IPSec Settings My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Dray Tek High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES The callback function provides a callback service only for the ISDN LAN to LAN connection this feature is useful for i model only The remote user will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Enable Callback function Enables the callback function Use the Following Number to Callback Check this box to use the number typed below for callback Callback Number The option is for extra security Once enabled the router will ONLY call back to the specified Callback Number Callback Budget Unit minutes By default the callback function has limitation of callback period
153. WW VLANL2 Vwi VLANL Vw VLANI4 i VLANIS WOS Motes 1 W_VLANT wireless VLAN i see Wireless VLAN Setup for details LANO A h h h h h h h h YLAMI hi i h h h h h h h k Ai h 2 All WOS links belong to the same YLAN group 3 VLAM wired LAN i see Wired LAN Setup for details 4 Both wired and wireless VLANs must be enabled for VLAN cross settings to be effective Enable VLANO 3 W_VLANO 15 Dray Tek LAN fl ih h h h YLANG se Sa es Ss D h h h i h Check this box to invoke VLAN Cross Setup function It represents the groups of virtual LAN connected by Ethernet interface It represents the groups of wireless VLAN communicated by wireless interface 214 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 14 4 Wireless Rate Control Rate Control manages the transmission rate of data in and out through the router You can also manage the in out rate of each wireless VLAN Go to VLAN menu and select Wireless Rate Control The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function For the rate control of wireless connection please open VLAN menu and choose Wireless Rate Control The following page will be shown for you to adjust VLAN gt Wireless VLAN Rate Control Wireless YLAN Rate Control V Enable Range 100 100 000 Kbps Increment 100 Kbps W VLAN ere a ae W VLAN ir ee sk 2 o Jon Moo jon wo 1000 ho M00 on a
154. alance mechanism profile 1 First of all go to VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Set two or more LAN to LAN profiles first that will be used for Member and Member72 If you do not set enough LAN to LAN profiles you cannot operate VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile management well 2 Access into VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management 3 Set one group of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism backup profile by choosing Enable radio button type a name for such profile e g 071023 choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member drop down list choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member2 drop down list and click Add at last Dray Tek 172 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide General Setup Status Enable Disable Profile Name OF 1025 Memberi Please choose the combination that you want 7 E Please choose the combination that WOU vant Memberz Ho lt Hame gt lt C Connect ion Type gt lt PH ServerIP Private Network 0 0 l 1 V1 PPTP 0 0 0 0 Attribute Mode 5 OW ISDH 4 Take a look for LAN to LAN profiles Index 1 is chosen as Member1 index 2 is chosen as Member2 For such reason LAN to LAN profiles of 1 and 2 will be expressed in red to indicate that they are fixed If you delete the VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile the selected LAN to LAN profiles will be released and expressed in black VPN and Remote Access gt gt
155. ality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt DoS defense Setup DoS defense Setup C Enable S N flood defense C Enable UDP flood defense C Enable ICMP flood defense C Enable Port Scan detection LC Block IP options C Block Land C Block Smurf C Block trace route C Black SYN fragment C Black Fraggle Attack Threshold so packets sec Timeout ho sec Threshold Em packets sec Timeout io sec Threshold so packets sec Timeout io sec Threshold iso packets sec C Block TEP flag scan C Block Tear Drop C Block Ping of Death C Block ICMP fragment Cl Block UnknownProtocol eee Enable Dos Defense Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood defense Dray Tek Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets
156. am header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag sett
157. an type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 3 8 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations 1s indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency
158. ar when making VoIP calls System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Management Port Setup CO Allow management from the Internet User Define Ports Default Ports ETP Server Telnet Port Default 23 HTTP Server HTTP Port Default 80 ue Server HTTPS Port Default 443 Telnet Server FTP Port Default 213 Disable PING from the Internet v i External Device Auto Discovery SNMP Setup Access List C Enable SNMP Agent List IP Subnet Mask Get Community Notification Host IP f Trap Timeout seconds Allow management from Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login the Internet from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Disable PING from the Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default External Device Auto Check the checkbox to detect external devices connected to Discovery current router automatically Access List You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three Ps subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router User Define Ports Check to specify user defined port numbers for the
159. are reserved for ISDN remote dial in user 3 10 3 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over PSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in
160. ay Tek White List Timeout sec Type the timeout for mail checking with white list Set Click to save and invoke the timer setting 3 7 4 Activation for Anti Intrusion Anti Virus Anti Spam Web Filter Service After you have finished the profile settings it is the time to activate the mechanism for your computer Click Defense Configuration gt gt Activation to open the following page for accessing http myvigor draytek com Defense Configuration gt gt Activation Activate via interface WAN 1 ka Anti Intrusion Anti irus License Activate Status Not Activated Anti Spam License Activate Status Not Activated Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Authentication Message Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Activate via interface Choose WAN interface used by such device for activating Web Content Filter Activate via interface Activate The Activate link brings you accessing into www vigorpro com to finish the activation of the account and the router Authentication As for authentication information of web filter Message Anti Intrusion Anti Virus Anti Spam the process of authenticating will be displayed on this field for your reference Below shows the successful activation of AI AV AS Web Content Filter Dray Tek 120 VigorPro5510 Series User s
161. ay Tek 194 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only oo TA 192 168 1 1 Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA W 1 Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will e
162. aytek Certificate Information Windows Internet Explorer E Ully 192 168 1 Ao LuCrvil Jiu Certificate Information certificate Name Locel l Issuer C TW O vigor OU kd5 CN radiusCA Subject enailAddress press draytek ccm G4TW C Draytek CN Vigor Subject Alternative Name DNS draytek com Vaid Fron Apr 19 93 32 22 2010 GMT Vaid To Apr 18 93 32 22 2012 GMT PEM Format Content jf __ FFEGIN CERTTFICATF MIIFQz2CCBKygAwI BAcIKYVRemBABAAAAV ZANSgkqnkiG9wIBAQUTADA HQswCQYLD VQQGEwJUYZECMAwGA1UEChMFdml nb3 IxDDAKSqNVBASTA2C kNIERMASGALUEAxMI cmb aXV ZQUEWHACNMLEAWNDE SMUMZM3 LyWACNML IWNDESMUMZI3 1 yWIBRHSAWHG YU HoZInvoNAQkEFhFwemVzcOBkomFSdCVrLnNvoTELMAkKCALJEERMCVFoxEDROBENY FAOTBCRyYX10ZWsxDj AMBGNVBAMTBVZpZ2 9yMIGEMAOGCSyGSIb3SDCEBAQUAAIGN ADCBiOKBoQDQKeRVSOBOGOHXYCYeGpTGulorRpdCtnahzuwPBE3T57 NC35D0F1M1 FOESB xWeQCqi JbX2 Sd9zSwiFVEUneCk4 rGaidndNf D q SL57Q p ySENV1AU cubwmn Lj aSsor DxOVeNtVxFYDSSIWUHE OI 5827 tOzadgKm scNLbSQIDAgABosIL MzCChy8wFg DVRORBAfwLDYILZHIneXMRlay54 52 GwHQYDVROOCEBYE FMseJKXdc5CeYe 270LPYCOSNxVHKEDMHUGAIUdIwRuMGvAFDec7sio3yvvnEEPsefPXivrpdvaqZERouKk QDA MQswCQYDVQQGEWJUVZEOMAwGA1UEChMFiminb3IxDDAKEGNVBASTA2tkNTER Dray Tek 296 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 5 7 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CA Server A CA Server B 2 User imports the certificate as local certificate t
163. bably spam will be processed with the rule of Bulk Please set different process action for Spam and Bulk respectively Action When the system fails due to system timeout or network problem you can specify specific action Pass or Tag for the system to execute immediately Choose the action Pass Tag or Reset for the spam bulk and time out emails Action Category spam Bulk Time Out Pass Choose this action to make all mails passing through Tag Choose this action to make all mails be tagged with certain words for you to identify easily For example type SPAM on the box of Message If the subject of some mail is license page and it is judged as spam then it will be 118 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Clear Cancel shown as SPAM license page in your mail box Such tag can help users to identify which mail is useful or useless quickly Reset Choose this action to disconnect the network It is mainly applied on SMTP server Log Check the box to have the process record stated on Syslog Message Type words which will be placed before the subject of mail and help you to identify Delete the settings configured above and reset to default settings Delete the settings configured above and return to previous page Click OK to finish the page configuration 3 7 3 2 Grey List Detail Setting Grey List is a method for e mail against spam A mail transfer agent MTA using
164. back Number minutets Callback Budget 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 Remote Network IP 192 168 2 0 Remote Network Mask Nore 0 255 255 255 0 o a D RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have to do Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 Clear Cancel Settings in Router B in the remote office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK Dray Tek 276 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users ial When DHCP Disable set eee PAP or CHAP sol Authentication Assigned IP range 192 168 2 200 co a wr MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote
165. bility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class A and EN55024 Class A The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operatio
166. c policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Enter Peer ISDN number if you select ISDN above This feature is useful for i model only Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 This setting will be available when IPSec Tunnel is selected Click this radio button to invoke this function and select one predefined profile in the Peer ID set from
167. ce type 2 http 192 168 1 1 Service Type Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Service Type Edit Service Type Group and Objects Protocol Source Port Destination Port Service Group None J or Service Object None or Service Object None i 1 SIP or Service Object 2 RTP To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please i Dray Tek Fragments Filter Branch to other Filter Set IM P2P Filter URL Content Filter Dray Tek choose Group and Objects as the Service Type User defined w User defined Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one
168. cial characters Channel The channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 197 Dray Te k Hide SSID selected channel is under serious interference Channel Channel 6 45 MHz Channel 1 2412hMHz Channel 2 2417 wWHz Channel 3 2422 MHz Channel 4 2447 MHz Channel 5 2432MHz Channel 6 24357 MHz Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2wW1Hz Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying Long Preamble This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices Dray Tek 198 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 13 3 Security By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings Security Settings Mode WPAIPSE Only Set up RADIUS Server if 802 1 is enabled WPA Type Mix
169. conditions That is the router will detect and block the incoming outgoing packets which match the highest and medium severity rules The degree of severity for each rule is defined in Advance Setup Click this radio button to activate the anti intrusion service with minimum detecting conditions That is the router will detect and block the incoming outgoing packets which match the highest severity rules The degree of severity for each rule is defined in Advanced Setup Click this radio button to detect if there is any intrusion occurrence for your reference The system will not do any advanced action for such condition Click this radio button to block the incoming outgoing packets with possible intrusion actions transmitting through the router 106 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Enable Reset procession Click this radio button to break down the communication between your computer and specific link which might have intrusion actions 3 7 1 2 Advanced Setup This page lists all the available types and allows you to adjust the rule setting for each type The rules will be applied by the options chosen in the page of Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Intrusion gt gt Basic Setup for Anti Intrusion Defense Configuration gt Anti Intrusion gt gt Advanced Setup Anti Intrusion Type Setup SID NAME Searcn BO 553 Web Client 585 DDoS DoS 61 WeblIS 1455 Exploit 290 Web Misc 438 ICMP 425 Web PHP 4635 Worm 4
170. corded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog log Block le Enable Activate white black list function for such profile Group Object Selections Click Edit to choose the group or object profile as the content of white black list Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action 104 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 7 Defense Configuration This menu allows you to set profiles for activate and upgrade the service of Anti Intrusion Anti Virus in your system Defense Configuration 3 7 1 Anti Intrusion Anti Intrusion allows you to prevent the intrusion from hackers wh
171. csnn csr seneontianuaniuenaaienetd onanlarate nen tanath naubilantonewnesondsnt cdimunnoensneviettausthaaas 241 Se de WMG ra UII reac osneatenc nage area A aetna tedden Sundieanadl eae weasoaies nee SAR 242 yea Ie e074 il 2 9 aaae ee eee te ene ere E eee 243 Sel 12 Wep Firewall SV SIO cennere Ea E 244 Registration for the Router cccccceseeeeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeenseoeseeeaseeneeoeeeenaeees 245 4 1 Creating and Activating an Account from MyVigor WebSite cccccsssseeeesseeeeeeeesaeeeeeees 245 Dray Te k Vill VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 4 2 Creating and Activating an Account from Router Web Configurator ccccssssseeeeeeeeees 249 4 3 Registering Your Vigor Router ccccssecccceseeeceeseeeceeseecsseeeeceaseeceaseeessageeessagseesseaseeeees 254 4 4 Activating Anti Virus Anti Intrusion Anti Spam WCEF Service ccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 257 4 4 1 For Anti Virus and Anti Intrusion Service c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 257 4 4 2 For Anti Spam SeCrviCe ccccccccscssscccceeceeeeeseeceeeesseeeeseeceeeeeeseeessceeeeessaueaseeeeeeeesssaeeseeeeess 262 4 4 3 For WCF Web Content Filter ServiCe c cc cecccccccceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessaaeeeseeenes 266 4 5 Backup and Upgrade Signature for Anti IntrUSiON ANti VIIUS ccccceeeeceeceeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeees 270 4 6 Enabling Anti Virus Anti Intrusion Anti Spam WCF
172. cted with 1000Mbps The port is disconnected The data is transmitting Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide ISDN WAN 1 2 LAN Monitor LAN 1 4 USB VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide configuration Connecter for ISDN line Connecter for remote networked devices Connecter for local networked devices Connecter for local networked devices Connecter for a USB device Connecter for a power cord with 100 240VAC inlet Power Switch 1 is ON 0 is OFF Dray Tek 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly l VIGORPRO 5510Gi Gact Quz Guonkor UNIFIED SECURITY FIREWALL Oor us csm Oveus Qwian son Power Switch NO Power Cord Connect a cable Modem DSL Modem Media Converter depends on your requirement to any WAN port of router with Ethernet cable RJ 45 The WAN1 WAN2 LED Left or Right will light up according to the speed 100 or 10 of the device that it connected Connect one end of an Ethernet cable RJ 45 to one of the LAN ports of the router and the other end of the cable RJ 45 into the Ethernet port on your computer The LAN LED Left or Right will light up according to the speed 100
173. dium AH Authentication Header means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm Advanced Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup is shown as below 162 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 23 hitp 192 168 1 1 IKE advanced settings Microsoft Internet Explorer IKE advanced settings IKE phase 1 mode Main mode Aggressive mode IKE phase 1 proposal DES_MD5_G1 DES_SHA1_G1 3DES_MD5_G1 3DES_MD5_G2 AES128_MD5_G2 AES256_SHA1_G2 AES256_SHA1_G14 IKE phase 2 proposal HMAC _SHAI HMAC_MDS M IKE phase 1 key lifetime 28800 IKE phase 2 key lifetime 3600 Perfect Forward Secret Disable
174. ds for bandwidth on demand The router will use only one B channel in low traffic situations Once the single B channel bandwidth is fully used the other B channel will be activated automatically through the dialup For more detailed BOD parameter settings please refer to the section of Call Control PPP Authentication PAP only allows you to configure the PPP session to use the PAP protocol to negotiate the username and password with the ISP PAP or CHAP is to configure the PPP session to use the PAP or CHAP protocols to negotiate the username and password with the ISP Idle Timeout Idle timeout means the router will be disconnect after being idle for a preset amount of time The default is 180 seconds If you set the time to 0 the ISDN connection to the ISP will always remain on IP Address Assignment In most environments you should not change these settings as Dr ay Tek 186 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Method IPCP most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address Select Dialing to Dual ISPs if you have more than one ISP You will be able to dial to both ISPs at the same time This is mainly for those ISPs that do not support Multiple Link PPP ML PPP In such cases dialing to two ISPs can increase the bandwidth utilization of the ISDN channels to 128kbps data speed ISDN gt
175. e only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only F hittp 192 168 1 1 WANIIP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer 51 fX WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable AUX WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool d L dl L d L i A a 0 m a oe 17 24 25 32 gt gt 40 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide WAN IP Network Settings Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field Obtain an IP address automa
176. e field of Fixed IP Address After entering the necessary settings and clicking OK you will see Goto ISDN Diagnostic link appears on the bottom of the webpage To have an ISDN connection please click this link ISON Dialing to a Single ISP Active Configuration ISP Access Setup PPP MP Setup miei Nonkie C PPP Authentication Idle Timeout 180 second s Username vivian IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Password TELIT Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IF Require ISP callback Indes 1 15 in Schedule Setup Fized IP Address gt gt Goto ISDN Diagnostic Now the system will guide you to click Dial ISDN Wait for a moment after clicking the dial link Then a successful ISDN connection will be shown as the following Dray Tek 188 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Online Status system Status System Uptime 2 33 16 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 12160 1021 7 WARN 1 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet Static IP 2 33 06 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps Lf2 16 3 229 172 160 3 4 2094 of 15977 439 WAN 2 Status Enable Line Mame Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet nie 00 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps D 0 0 D ISDN Status gt gt DialiSDN gt gt DropBi gt gt Drop B2 Channel Active Connection Txpkts Rate Rx Pkts R Rate UpTime AOC Bps Bps ISDN
177. e later section Advanced Load Balance and Backup Status After choosing one of the profile listed above please click Enable to activate this profile If you click Disable the selected or current used VPN TRUNK Backup Load Balance mechanism profile will not have any effect for VPN tunnel Profile Name Type a name for VPN TRUNK profile Each profile can group two VPN connections set in LAN to LAN The saved VPN profiles in LAN to LAN will be shown on Member and Member fields Member 1 Member2 Display the selection for LAN to LAN dial out profiles configured in VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN for you to choose for grouping under certain VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile No Index number of LAN to LAN dial out profile Name Profile name of LAN to LAN dial out profile Connection Type Connection type of LAN to LAN dial out profile VPN ServerIP Private Network VPN Server IP of LAN to LAN dial out profiles Attribute Mode Display available mode for you to choose Choose Backup or Load Balance for your router Add and save new profile to the backup profile list The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in such new VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed Ki Dray Tek in red VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile will be locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in blue Edit Click t
178. e log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Dray Tek Web Feature Dray Tek Action a55 Block Group Object Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial
179. e modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authentication mode If your ISP provides you the PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router The following page will be shown Quick Start Wizard PPPoE Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name and password provided by your ISP User Name admin Password esoe Confirm Password esoo User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password for confirmation Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Dray Tek 16 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WAMI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPPoE Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 17 Dray Te k 2 2 2 PPTP Click PPTP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol
180. e two boxes Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the IP address in the first box as the starting point The second one is assigned automatically after you type the private port number below Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host After you enter the proper number in this box the second box of Private IP address will be assigned accordingly Check this box to activate the port mapping entry you have defined Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide a Dray Tek You then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Managem
181. e you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide a Dray Te k Dray Tek 28 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 Advanced Web Configuration After finished basic configuration of the router you can access Internet with ease For the people who want to adjust more setting for suiting his her request please refer to this chapter for getting detailed information about the advanced configuration of this router As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 4 Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group and click the Internet Access link 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address 1s mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the
182. eacnciqccniseaasinesecisaucunioned avanandoisatenctoecuwiarasnneacsseuaenenaenattecgasaetonscasetaensoce 13 2 2 QUICK Start Wizard ccsiseisrp esnie Ease nesar ENA aai A TEE RTA a TNE EENEN 15 PIPPE E ea E E E E E E aesemed daeec ef aden vaepeaueetanante 16 LL RPR TE o ee pete A E E E 18 PRPA EEA m E E E EE E ee eee E A eee 19 2e A DHAOR at cee E E T E E E A E E E E 20 2 3 Service Activation WIZAM c 2 ccccccceeccccesseeecensccceeseneeeeeecsaceesenseeeenssceseeneeeeesseccsseneeeesees 21 one s Ja aici tc LE AA eee ORR eee ee eee ee 25 2 5 SAVING CONFIQUIATION cccccceccceseeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeesueaeeseeeeesaeeaseeceeeesssaeaseeeeeeeesssaeaeeseeeees 27 Advanced Web Configuration cccssscccsssescessescsneesenseesenseesenseesenseeeeaseseenseseenees 29 3 2 Reese ee ee ee eee 29 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N tWoOrk ccccecccesseeeeeceeeeeeceeseeesseeeeesseaseessaneeeesaneess 29 3 1 2 Network Connection by 3G USB Modem cccccceeccecceceeseeseeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeees 30 SLE ENE e E oie ee eee eee ee ee 30 31A Mermet ACCO SS eei a a ARE 33 Sro Loa BaaCE PROI aa E E EE 42 ag A AE E A E E EE E E EE E E E E 45 ge AS O EAN ea E E x Paceisiaheanamistaiiemealambeibasaenndeianse 45 SAAE e ee SUID APEE A T E EAA E E A T EEA scemdadue tate cedoeieds 47 2 LUG ROU e E E A A E A E EE 50 S E y E E E A T E E A EE EE E E A E E 52 925 BNdIP tO MAC serce e r ee ee 53 ONAT E A A A
183. eam for each computer in LAN Allow auto adjustment to Router will detect if there is enough bandwidth remained for make the best utilization of using according to the bandwidth limit set by the user If yes available bandwidth the router will adjust the available bandwidth for users to enhance the total utilization Limitation List Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth End IP Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth Each Shared Select Each to make each IP within the range of Start IP and Dray Tek End IP having the same speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields select Shared to make all the IPs within the range of Start IP and End IP share the total bandwidth of TX 130 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide limit and RX limit TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allow you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Delete the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You c
184. eb server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org Www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default Enable Dynamic ONS Setup Force Update Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active i WANI First H 2 WAL First w 3 WANI First Clear All Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Check this box to enable DDNS function Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s WAN Interface Display current WAN interface used for accessing Internet Dray Tek 138 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Domain Name Display the domain name that you set
185. ecify Remote Node Medium AH Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number High CESP 210 135 240 210 DES SDES AES orPeerID ooo noose Cer Netbios Naming Packet Pass OBlock SSL PN Callback Function Set SSL Web Proxy Check to enable Callback function Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget Eo minutes If a PPTP service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 281 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Enable this account Username 122 Idle Timeout second s Password Allowed Dial In Type IKE Authentication Method oO ISDN Pre Shared Key PPTP Fre ona CI IPSec Tunnel C Digital Signature x 509 C L2TP with IPSec Policy O SSL Tunnel IPSec Security Method V i l Specify Remote Node Medium AH Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number High ESP 210 135 240 210 DES 3DES AES or Peer ID Local ID optional Netbios Naming Packet Pass OBlock SSL YPN Callback Function Set SSL Web Proxy Check to enable Callback function Specify the callback number Callback Number Check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget bo minute s Settings in the remote host 1 3 Dray Tek For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Net
186. ed WPA WPA2 O WPA Only Type 8 63 ASCI character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOlaz or Ox655abed WEP Encryption Mode Use WEP Key key 1 ia Key 2 Per i O Key 3 ed Key 4 TT For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or Ox41423533132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example O123456789abc or 0x303152335343536037358599414e43 Mode There are several modes provided for you to choose Mode WEP Only Disable AWE P D g Y WER 02 1x Only WEP or WWPAYPSK WEPRAG02 1x or WPABO2 1x W PATPSE Only WWPAMO 1x Onl Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP Only Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WEP 802 1x Only Accept WEP clients with 802 1x authentication Since the key will be auto negotiated during authentication the field of key setting below will be not available for input WEP or WPA PSK Accepts WEP and WPA clients with legal key accordingly Only Mixed WPA WPA2 is applicable if you select WPA PSK WEP 802 1x or WPA 802 1x Accept WEP or WPA clients with 802 1x authentication Only Mixed WPA WPA2 is applicable if you select WPA PSK Since the key will be auto negotiated during authentication the field of key setting below will be not available for input VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide
187. ed from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 m a Host with Host with l Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 203 Dray Te k Mode one Disable Bridge Fepeater Security WEP Settings Dray Tek Wireless LAN gt gt WDS Settings WDS Settings Security Disable WEP Pre shared Key WEP Use the same WEP key set in Security Settings Encryption Mode key index The key index is fixed if the security mode is not WEP Only m me The key format is the same as the one used in Security Settings Pre shared Key Type TRIP me a Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOlaz2 or O 6558bcd Setto Facto Default Bridge Enable Pe iD Te ml I mi a Wi JOHOOH OOO JOO JOO J g LILI Note Disable unused lin performance 5 ct o wo nH t Cy nt t ot at Repeater Enable Peer MAC Addess o LCIJLILIL ILI
188. eeeeeseeceeeeeseeeesseeeeeeeesseesseeeeeesessaeaseees 222 CHEE e EAE E E EE EATE E E 223 S EEE EEE EE I T AE E E een en emcee N 223 IG TROGEN a A ee 224 3 16 93 Administrator PASSWOIG veotsieiniosacaievsswsncavseseinsuvsasendace Cataiederndaduccosasaiacdduiniwtcraiemtecaendas 226 3 16 4 Configuration Backup c ccsssccececcceesssseeeeeeccceeeauseeeeeecseeausseeeeeessseaaasseeeeeeseeseaaaes 227 316 9 OV SIO Wall ICU va sce Sorc aerisire ianei ennie a Ss aa ra iaia a 228 216G HME ama Dale asrga a i Ea E T Tr 231 Salt Manage meN asc Poussin vod rarr E EEEa Taat ears N 232 BOG REDOO VS O sire a a E E dodlosacwsacenencacdarsed 233 216 9 Firmware Upgrade se iccinenccicdaieneuigcctstanensiceaiencsncsecauanateceagsuexpebsouanepsedeseran E aii 234 ro ea DAINOS ICS ee ee ener eee errr ere eee reer nee eee ee err ere crrcr errerts 235 Sal Pel Nar OWL IMIG OGM ee E E E 235 Le POUN Ua G2 9 eee eee ee ee ee eee 236 om Aes ais CGE TIDE eee nen ee ee R 236 el AC TaD E a E 237 3 17 5 NAT Sessions Table gncosecesencencc deueasiosemeanet covnuiior dumcameddasintinded gavuatinceubatue lt deuinedensenecievososekeoas 237 3 17 6 Wireless VLAN Online Station Table cccccccccssssesccceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeessaeeeeeeeeeeeessaaeeeees 238 3 17 7 LAN Security MOMMOP scasicdacsenncnsncoadendsewelsdancvauniedxncaneddesensicsiowbasnet dosanansdaninedensebecuevoaenekouas 238 ial or WIN a eVect getters pectoris TA N A A E O A A tes 240 i 0 AC OSI tr inantesn ic n
189. eeeessaaaageeess 306 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide ix Dray Te k a Preface VigorPro 5510 is a UTM router with dual WAN interface It provides policy based load balance fail over and BoD Bandwidth on Demand also it integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform hardware encryption of AES DES 3DS and hardware key hash of SHA 1 MD5 the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers several protocols such as PSec PPTP L2TP with up to 200 VPN tunnels The object originated design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy with ease CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Web Content Filter and URL Content Filter more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ols Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings Clear Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings Add Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the s
190. een accessed previously the IP addresses of source and destination IDs will be memorized for a short time about 1 second in the router When the user tries to access the same destination ID the router will check it by comparing the record stored If it matches the page will be retrieved quickly Such item can provide URL matching with the fastest rate L1 L2 Cache the router will check the URL with fast 102 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide processing rate combining the feature of L1 and L2 Eight profiles are provided here as Web content filters Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page The items listed in Categories will be changed according to the different service providers If you have and activate another web content filter license the items will be changed simultaneously All of the configuration made for web content filter will be deleted automatically Therefore please backup your data before you change the web content filter license CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Default Black White List Enable Action Group Object Selections Block Block f Action Groups Categories Child Protection Select All Alcohol amp Tobacco Hate amp Intolerance Porn amp Sexually School Cheating Child Abuse Images Clear All Leisure Coalact All J Entertainment Travel Clear All Business
191. ek corn Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation lnk below to activate your account Link Activate my Account VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 247 Dray Te k 7 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm The Confirm message of New Owner Mary maybe timeout Please try again or contact to draytek com 8 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password Then type the code in the box of Auth Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it This service ts available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code TAhe1C lf vou cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a MyVigor Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 886 3 597 2727 oF email to Webmasterna draytek com 9 Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into MyVigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want Dray Tek 248 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 4 2 Creating and Activating an Account
192. en the following page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Port Number bo Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuration Click Single or Range If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type By the way you can set up to 40 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 137 Dray Te k 3 9 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications 3 9 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a w
193. enrerenne 185 BM oe WI e E i N E E E E A E E E E E E E 189 312S LIN ONIN O sne e r sine sniry tein alicpaetond A E 192 SN SIN a E E E E E E E E 194 Oe oe BaS ONC CLS eiusd aenea nE kena E na AANO ENE ON STAATEN 194 JA32 GENea EUD ee ee eee ne ne en a eee ee eee 197 Oe CUNY E A E E A E T A IE A A A O EEE 199 3134 ACCESS CONTON ae haters ates sdisatasacarte cme aeae inaina erans a AEAN aen Araia 201 A ND e E 202 ZTG AP WIS COVCLY sanisnasndesnnestunosabarinteduan E E E E R ET 206 ETI OT ES ee e e E sa carn E A 207 3 13 6 Staion Rate COMMON swinavencsanannindesicenanniesisatennvaamdehaceuansiunsiuiadeionveasignsanindebitaraigavadeaaiananans 208 STAEN EAN e a sarc cessstc ey siti iscit ioe es aonedete cone cpe se ss ssiceceeeneeeosec sae sassasee lt qeacaseasentaene 208 3 141 Wired VLAN a crite a distioteasanatasusianioterlacitsotugnc ua eta aei aE Er eae EE NCEE E ANER RE En anaE 209 3 14 2 Wireless VLAN acs eg seccseiesceeatejonboseeasuitaae EA EAE EE EEEE EE 210 3 14 39 VLAN Cross SEUD esnin e senescent E R EAEE ENE 213 3 14 4 Wireless Rate Control cccccccccccccccceecceseeseeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeaaeeeeeeesesseeaaeeeeeessaaageees 215 ctor so Od N ee i E EE 216 Ao GOMCIa SC IUD e E A E E E EE E 216 Ioe o ENO POO ea E N E EEEE EATE 217 OF OIG OIA serari aenn EnEn EEEE E EAEE EET enie 218 Si LOA Usor ACCOUN cersmensess eenn e NENE SEESE EENES ONEENS ENSERES ENS 220 3 15 5 Online User Status cccccccccessssseeeceeeeeeesseeceeeees
194. ent Port Setup OI Allow management from the Internet User Define Ports Default Ports FTP Server Telnet Port Default 23 HTTP Server HTTP Port Default 50 ita Server HTTPS Port Default 443 Telnet Server Border Default 21 Disable PING from the Internet External Device Auto Discovery SNMP Setup Enable SNMP Agent Access List a 3 List IP Subnet Mask Get Community Notification Host IP OoOo e Trap Timeout seconds Dr ay Tek 58 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 My Protocol Any Port Any Note The inherent security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page
195. eout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule Max Queue length When the network connection is not stable you can set large number for this setting to get better performance Yet large value will consume large resource Retransmission queue length Type the number here as a base for the router to verify if the retransmitted data is the same as the old one DrayTek Banner Please uncheck this box and the following screen will not be shown for the unreachable web page The default setting is Enabled The requested Web page has been blocked by Web Content Filter Please contact your system administrator for further information Powered by Draytek 76 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Firewall gt Geomal Selop Conall Beet Call Filter Enably Start Filter Set Seal O Disable Data Filtar 0 Enable Start Filta Set Seat w O Disable Actlons for default rule Application Actions Protily By Ngu Filler Bee F P P Filie None o URL Contant Filtar No
196. er Close Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The K Dray Tek Dray Tek default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box if DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 107 164 11 z an Information WON IP Fixed igorProas300 series aeaea LAN Status Tx Packets Re Packets Wanh2 IP Fixed 20489 15265 Tool Setup Telnet Read out Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Verson 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE 950 ANBIQEM Traditional Chimes Bigs O0al 21 00a6 7c 00a9 63 O0aa 61 O0ads2d O0ae S2 O0b2 32 00b3 33 00b9 31 Obst Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol O 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Queue timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session tim
197. er s system Web Filtering We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter Dray Tek 96 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 6 1 APP Enforcement Profile You can define policy profiles for IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Protocol application This page allows you to set 32 profi
198. er registering your vigor router you have to follow the steps listed below to activate anti virus anti intrusion anti spam web content filter WCF service to obtain full security for your computer 4 4 1 For Anti Virus and Anti Intrusion Service 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password 2 From the router s web page please open Defense Configuration gt gt Activation You will see the following web page Defense Configuration E P Activation 3 Click the Activate link from Anti Intrusion Anti Virus License to activate Anti Intrusion Anti Virus service Defense Configuration gt gt Activation Activate via interface WAN 1 w Anti Intrusion Anti Yirus License Status Not Activated Anti Spam License Activate Status Not Activated Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Authentication Message Web Filtar hut hanti erata 2suaeresse ti saamin Snb mn M md aG VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 257 Dray Te k 4 A Login page will be shown on the screen Please type the account and password that you created previously And click Login This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code T4he1C If you cannot read the word Click here Don t have a MyV iger Account Y C
199. er user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Dray Tek 294 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Microsoft Certificate Services Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBqjCCARMC AQAWOTELMAKGALUEBhHMCVFcxEDAO Base64 Encoded BokqhkiGSwOBCQEWEXByZXNzOGRyYX1OZUsuYy29t Certificate Request AFGNADCBiQKBgQDOYB7 wmZFEFhN9 leQnGO3 Xk PKCS 10 or 7 h 4bp89cUF Sd lo ACGGiM tceBOckdcZdPFFVIXcP3 x GOA CTYVO fQzpxroCwlJTjL5j50 Bn9v50951GY lt gt Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator x Administrator Additional Attribu Authenticated Session Basic EFS _JEFS Recovery Agent Attributes jor IPSEC Offline request Router Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button to open next page Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local C
200. ered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Active Enable or disable the filter rule Comment Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Move Up Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 71 Dray Te k Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Block NetBios Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup Direction LAN WAM Service Type TCPRLUDP Part from 137 139 to undefined Application Action Profile Syslog Filter Block Immediately kd CI Branch to Other Filter Set IM P P Filter URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Anti Virus Anti Intrusion Enable Anti Spam Advance Setting Check to enable the Check this box to enable the filter rule Filter Rule Comments Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Index 1 15 Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting
201. ernet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANT Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP Details Page wane ethernet static or Dynamic IP None PPPoE static or Dynamic IP PRTPR For PPPoE Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected 2 Check if Username and Password are entered with correct values that you got from your ISP WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Client Mode PPP MP Setup Enable Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout second s ISP Access Setup Ho 5 IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Username Wa Alias Password Firea ves No Dynamic 1 Index i i15 in Schedule Setup Fixed IP Address fo ISDN Dial Backup setup Default MAC Address Dial Backup Mode Specify a MAC Address MAC Address WAN Connection Detection 50 JFF ca ec Jas TTL 255 iiia Max 14925 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 303 Dray Te k For Static Dynamic IP Users l 2 Check 1f the Enable option is selected Check if IP address Subnet Mask and Gateway are entered with correct values that you got from your ISP WAN gt Internet Access WAR 1 ee A IE WAN IP Network Settings YWAN IP Alias eEnable Disable Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP Client ISDN Dial Backup Setup Router Name 0 Dial Backup Mode l Domain Name Required for some ISPs Keep WAN Connection i l Specify an IP
202. ertificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local 1 C TW O Draytek CN Vigor ema Requesting View Delete View Delete View Delete REFRESH 6 Browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Import X509 Local Certificate Upload Local Certificate Select a local certificate file Certificate file D certnew cer Click Import to upload the local certificate Cancel Upload PKCS12 Certificate Select a PKCS12 file PKCS12 file _Brwose Password Click Import to upload the PKCS12 file Import Cancel Upload Certificate and Private Key Select a certificate file and a matchable Private Key Certificate file Brwose Ke y file a pa me bereen a esaesa Password Click Import to upload the local certificate and private key Import Cancel VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 295 Dray Te k 7 When the file is imported successfully the following dialog will appear Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Import X509 Local Certificate Congratulation Local Certificate has been imported successfully Please click Back to view the certificate 8 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Local 1 emailAddress press dr
203. essage of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog Check Enable to activate function of AI AV attack log Type the port number for the alertlog and Check the box to send the corresponding message of AI AV Attack Log Access Block Log to Syslog Check Enable to activate function of mail alert Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not The IP address of the SMTP server Assign a mail address for sending mails out Specify an e mail address of another mailbox to accept all returned messages if some fatal problems occur at the recipient mailbox The e mail address typed in this field a Dray Tek also acts as Sender address while Vigor router sends out the alert e mails Authentication Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Enable E Mail Alert Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following 1 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address 2 Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router
204. et in this box for 15 seconds WAN I Fail It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN1 is failed WANI Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN1 Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WANI Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds Dr ay Tek 32 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 1 4 Internet Access For the router supports dual WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 for Internet Access Due to different physical mode for WANI and WAN2 the Access Mode for these two connections also varies slightly WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode WALL Access klode Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP Details Page WARS Ethernet static or Dynamic IP PRTP WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode WAR L Access klode Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP Details Page WARS 3G USB Modem Index It shows the WAN modes that this router supports WAN1 is the default WAN interface for accessing into the Internet WAN2 is the optional WAN interface for accessing into the Internet when WAN 1 is inactive for some reason Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 that entered in gene
205. et new license successful 2010 05 03 06 31 09 Activated Wiz Activated Wizard query license Status Successtul 2010 05 03 O 6 O7 227 WebFilter Service not activate 2010 04 26 05 45 24 Anti Spam Service not activate 2010 04 25 05 43 24 AWALI service not activate 2010 04 28 05 43 24 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset 12 Click Activate to access into VigorPro website again Open the following page You will see the AI AV with provider DT DT service as been activated and in use My Product Device Information Nickname 5510ni Serial 20100503140901 Model VigorPro5510 Expired License Status Start Date Expired Date on 2010 05 03 2011 05 04 a te r W wer CT CF a i AS J TCH Trial D Bij Now you have finished Anti Intrusion Anti Virus configuration VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 261 Dray Tek 4 4 2 For Anti Spam Service Please follow the steps below to activate Anti Spam Service for your system Getting 30 Days of Free Charge 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password From the router s web page please open Defense Configuration gt gt Activation You will see the following web page Defense Configuration g b Activation 3 Click
206. et up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP VIDES Ml3apeEs MJAES Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial In Enable this profile Always on Idle Timeout second s VPN Connection Through WANT First C Enable PING to keep alive Metbios Naming Packet Pass O Block PING to the IP fe 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an IPSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection Dray Tek 274 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Link Type Username Password PPP Authentica
207. ether with remote dial in user web page Such menu item will guide to access into VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in user For the detailed configuration of user account please refer to section of Remote Dial in user Dray Tek 220 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default Index User Status Index User Status L TTT k ir TEF 2 TET k 18 Gey k io TTT k 19 TTT k 4 TTT k 20 TTT k Fa TTT k 21 TTT k TTT k ir TTT k T TET k t3 TTT k 8 277 sd 24 299 s J ae k tJ TTT k 10 279 sd 26 279 s ii TTT k ff TTT k 12 TTT k 2a TTT k 13 TTT k 24 TTT k 14 TEF k a0 TTT k 15 TEF k 31 hee k 16 29 sd 32 PP s lt lt 1 32 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt You can find out the link of Set SSL Web Proxy on the profile setting page If you haven t set any SSL Web Proxy Profile in SSL VPN gt gt SSL Web Proxy web page there is no check box but a link appeared below Lb reci ll Local ID optional ket Pass OBlock Callback Function C Check to enable Callback function Set SSL Web Proxy L Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget minutecs cea However if you have set several SSL Web Proxy Profiles in SSL VPN gt gt SSL Web Proxy web page SSL VPN gt SSL Web Proxy SSL Web Proxy Servers Pro
208. ets for some games ex CS 3 L Enable Transparent mode Strict Security Checking O Anti Virus Ol Anti Spam Cl In Sequence VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 271 Dray Te K B For specified filter rule there are twelve filter sets in Firewall and each set is allowed to set seven filter rules please check the box of Enable for Anti Intrusion and choose proper action profile from the drop down list of Anti Virus Anti Spam Web Content Filter Next click OK to finish the procedure of activation Dray Tek Firewall gt Edit Filter Set gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Direction Source IP Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter Branch to Other Filter Set IM F2F Filter URL Content Filter Anti Virus Anti lntrusion Anti Spam Advance Setting Block MetBios i i i i LAN gt WAN Edit X a TCP UDP Fort from 137 139 to undefined Edit Dont Care un a a i Pass If Mo Further latch None Mone Mone i z D o m T mg D b m o If you did not check the Anti Intrusion box and choose a proper profile for Anti Virus Anti Spam Web Content Filter you still cannot use the Anti Intrusion Anti Virus Anti Spam Web Content Filter function even if you finished all the relational profiles 272 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide
209. ettings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 3 for detailed explanation VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide l Dray Te k 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first 1 2 1 For VigorPro 5510 act Eom Suss a Wanita cam VIGORPRO 5510 FIREWALL me Virus UNIFIES SECURITY LED Status ACT Activity IDP Intrusion Detection and On Prevention Yellow Yellow DMZ USB Monitor E S h LED on Connector 10 left LED WAN Blinking 100 right LED Blinking LAN Monitor 100 LAN left LED Blinking 1000 right LED Off Blinking Interface RST Factory Reset Description configuration Dray Tek 2 Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default 1 1 z a i eal WAR EE 100 1000 Ea za Lefe Right 4 z LAN USE LANiMaonitar Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off The anti intrusion function is enabled The anti virus function is enabled DMZ Host
210. etwork Computer RDP Remote Desktop Protocol SAMBA to any remote user with access to Internet and a web browser SSL VPN gt SSL Application SSL Applications Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Host Address Service Active i W 2 5 a w 4 H 5 W 6 Fs w a X 9 H 10 w Name Display the application name of the profile that you create Host Address Display the IP address for VNC RDP or SAMBA path Service Display the type of the service selected e g VNC RDP SAMBA Active Display current status active or inactive of the selected profile Click number link under Index field to make detailed configuration Dray Tek 218 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide SSL VPN gt SSL Application Profile Index 1 Enable Application Service Application Name Application Enable Application Service Application Name Application Please Select w Check this box to enable this application Type the profile name for the application Use the drop down list to choose an application applied to this profile Please Select ka Please Select Virtual Network Computing NC Remote Desktop Protocol ROP Samba Application Different application type will lead different web pages Refer to the following Virtual Network Computing Choose this item for accessing and controlling a remote PC through VNC protocol SSL VPN gt SSL Application Profile Index 1 C Enable App
211. ew Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide i Dray Tek E http 192 166_1_1 Certificate Sizning Request Information Microsoft Internet Explorer Certificate Signing Request Information Certificate Name 123 Issuer i Subject C TW ST Hsinchu L Hsinchu O Draytek QU MET CN DT Subject Alternative Name IP 192 168 1 25 Valid Fram Valid To PEM Format Content Ni Tbe szChsolTbap sans wCorpDVoloGcE wd UVeELNaARGalvUEsAxMCRFowg46wDloYdEkodI hycNAGEBRBQADGYOANIGJ AoGBAKEg CINYD dIbCEcn3Mxnvevd APLodFG1ISF4sn tFV etOSknuYsOe XYT6C seGHLOSRVS9 lLOOkPatCIivizwd 2 YosPoRnTCqodkuliziwvk ZEANW4onRryvplDLeds Gos 4e 2 EOEOEVstiqucesabaseyys ud poY ertulHibaqvoy nL ra AgqubssaGg I AghbgkghkiGowoOBCOAXEsARMasGhl UdEQOINAAHEMCoOAREWDOTI Fo lhycNagEFROADGYEAIGccd 1 Pa vShNMEM4ARTE AnCKELO1 ris H1laGLYk2 ios PNU s 4082 HVUMNc LhaPT UWExx TLESCuUIEKEINHU1LoslVo6 zMLwEHexMjEECIIEm1 uF WUOxPFU4et LEFxeDuys gkvYulnlciatreviayvyvoU ylglEEQands RJ wz VENte ImorRg Note You have to copy the certificate request information from above window Next access your CA server and enter the page of certificate request copy the information into it and submit a request A new certificate will be issued to you by the CA server You can save it Dray Tek 182 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 11 2 Trusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of tru
212. f PING packets to a specified IP address Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Enable PING to Keep Alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection Build ISDN LAN to LAN connection to remote network 160 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for Link Type User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide You should set up Link Type and identity like User Name and Password for the authentication of remote server You can further set up Callback CBCP function below This feature is useful for i model only Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of
213. fault this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 200 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity 24009 Peer ID Accounts Setto Factory Default Index Mame Status Index Mame Status i TTT k Ir TTT ka 2 TTT ka 18 TTT ka Fla 77 s 19 PTT k 4 TTT bt 20 TTT s 5 TTT k 1 TTT ka G ee st 22 aoe ka i ee bs 23 PER a Be ie 4 T oF ee bs 23 rats ay 10 TTT e 2b TTT ka 11 rar at 2T riri s 12 77 Zo TTT 13 PRT a 29 TTT k 14 TET ka 30 TTT ka 15 TTT ka i TTT ka 1b eT ka 32 TIT a lt lt 1 32 3364 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Index Name VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Click it to clear all indexes Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Display the profile name of that index i Dray Tek Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication F
214. files Index Name URL L qforge htto v swm draytek cam Z web htto www draytek cam cn Eig l The SSL Web Proxy profile names will be displayed together with check box as shown below VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 221 Dray Te k Netbios Naming Packet Pass OBlock SSL YPN Callback Function a Check to enable C gforge Secured Port Redirection L Specify the cal C web SSL Callback Number Check to enabl Callback Budget 3 15 5 Online User Status If you have finished the configuration of SSL Web Proxy server users can find out corresponding settings when they access into Draytek SSL VPN portal interface Dray Tek Provide SSL WPH SoL Tunnel logout INFO Main Page mike elena aa Welcome to DrayTek PALENI SSL Web Proxy SSL Tunnel You have successfully logged in You are given the following privileges Timeout atterS minutes Reset Copyright 2006 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Next users can open SSL VPN gt gt Online Status to view login status of SSL VPN Web Access Control gt gt Online User Status Refresh Seconds Active User Host IP Time out seconds Action caesar LYe 1l 1 42 eo Drop Active User Display current user who visit SSL VPN server Host IP Displays the IP address for the host Time out Display the time remaining for logging out Action You can click Drop to drop certain login user from the router s SSL Portal UI
215. filtering condition for downloading files Action Choose the action that you want to apply to the selected file extension profile Destroy Destroy the file with name specified here which is 114 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Destroy the file if the file name is over length Syslog Mail Alert found by the router system Non Scan The file will not be scanned and will not be processed by using general rules set in Anti Virus profile Scan Just scan the file with name specified here which is found by the router system and be processed by using general rules set in Anti Virus profile Profile Use the drop down list to specify one profile to be executed as filtering condition Check this box to destroy the file with filename over 76 characters Specify the condition for the system to send Syslog Mail Alert for the default action Syslog Mail Alert Mon Match Only None Match Onl Non hatch Only Both None No action will be recorded in Syslog Match Only Only the log that matching with the above condition will be recorded in Syslog No Match Only Only the log that not matching with the above condition will be recorded in Syslog Both All the actions will be recorded in Syslog Click OK to finish the page configuration VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide a Dray Tek 3 7 3 Anti Spam Many people suffer with unwanted mails coming from everywhere Such device offers a mechanism named Anti
216. fines the methods to access distributing directory server by clients work on directory and share the information in the directory by clients The LDAP standard is established by the work team of Internet Engineering Task Force IETF As the name described LDAP is designed as an effect way to access directory service without the complexity of other directory service protocols For LDAP is defined to perform inquire and modify the information within the directory and acquire the data in the directory securely therefore users can apply LDAP to search or list the directory object inquire or manage the active directory Applications gt gt RADIUS LDAP RADIUS LDAP setup RADIUS Setup 1 Enable Destination Port hez LDAP Setup J Enable Destination Port Bea Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Dray Tek 142 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret Confirm Shared Secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation Common Name Identifier Type or edit the common name identifier for the LDAP server The common name identifier for most LDAP server is cn Distinguished Name
217. ges related to DoS defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Enable C Enable Router Name SMTP Server Server IP Address Mail To Destination Port 514 Return Path Enable syslog message Firewall Log Authentication User Name VPN Log User Access Log Passwor Call Log Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log DoS Attack Router DSL information IM P2P AI AY AlertLog Setup Anti Intrusion C Enable Anti Virus AlertLog Port AI AY Attack Log Access Block Log itd DrayTek Syslog 3 7 0 Controls 192 168 1 1 w WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate vigorPro5510 series 172 16 3 4 6914 4 TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate 10363 7489 172 16 3 229 15996 185 LAN Status Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State Traffic Graph Time Host Message Jan 1 00 00 42 Vigor Dos sm flood Block 10s 192 168 1 115 10605 gt 192 168 1 1 23 PR 6 tep len 20 40 3943751 Jan 1 00 00 34 Vigor Dos icmp_flood Block 10s 192 168 1 115 gt 192 168 1 1 PR 1Gemp len 20 60 icmp 0 8 lt ADSL Status Se Se a ee Se A
218. get 0 minute s 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 0 Pemoate Network IP Pemoate Network Mask lore VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 192 160 1 0 RIF Direction From first subnet to remote network you hawe to do Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 255 255 255 0 279 Dray Tek 5 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router 210 135 240 208 Remote Network 192 168 1 0 Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP BAD of CHAP Start IP Address 192 168 1200 Authentication Dial In PP
219. gs created in Anti Virus gt gt Profile Setting for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in Anti Virus gt Profile Setting web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Anti Virus by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 3 13 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Check the Enable box to invoke anti intrusion filter function For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Anti Intrusion by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 3 13 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large Incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets Check this box to enable transparent function for such router It is not necessary for users to re organize the network or configure the subnet settings for each PC connected under such router However the configured Anti Virus and Anti Intrusion profiles can be applied to PCs connected behind vigor router to
220. gt Syslog support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration gt Specific ERD Environment Recovery Detection mechanism which can be operated by using Telnet command VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be activated when initial connection of single VPN tunnel is off line Before setting VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile please configure at least two sets of LAN to LAN profiles with fully configured dial out settings first otherwise you will not have selections for grouping Member and Member2 Features of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance Mechanism VPN Load Balance Mechanism can set multiple VPN tunnels for using as traffic load balance tunnel It can assist users to do effective load sharing for multiple VPN tunnels according to real line bandwidth Moreover it offers three types of algorithms for load balancing and binding tunnel policy mechanism to let the administrator manage the network more flexibly gt Three types of load sharing algorithm offered Round Robin Weighted Round Robin and Fastest gt Binding Tunnel Policy mechanism allows users to encrypt the data in transmission or specified service function in transmission and define specified VPN Tunnel for having effective bandwidth management gt Dhial out connection types contain IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec and GRE over IPSec gt The web page is simple to understand and easy to configure
221. he settings defined in IPSec General Setup above Dray Tek 278 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN C PPTP IPSec Tunnel O L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 208 or Peer ID Username Password YJ Compression On Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key OC Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number Callback Budget minute s If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN PPTP O IPSec Tunnel CO L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 208 or Peer ID Username draytek Password eecece YJ Compression on O Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number Callback Bud
222. his button to save the changes to the Status Enable or Disable profile name member1 or member2 Delete Click this button to delete the selected VPN TRUNK profile The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in the deleted VPN TRUNK profile will be released and that profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in black Time for activating VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism will be activated automatically after the initial connection of single VPN Tunnel off line The content in Member1 2 within VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile is similar to dial out profile configured in LAN to LAN web page VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile will process and handle everything unless it is off line once it is activated Time for activating VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile After finishing the connection for one tunnel the other tunnel will dial out automatically within two seconds Therefore you can choose any one of members under VPN Load Balance for dialing out Time for activating VPN TRUNK Dial out when VPN Load Balance Disconnected For there is one Tunnel created and connected successfully to keep the load balance effect between two tunnels auto dial will be executed within two seconds To close two tunnels of load balance after connecting please click Disable for Status in General Setup field How can you set a VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load B
223. his web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task ORetrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate Check on a pending certificate Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enroliment agent certificate to submit a request for anoth
224. hoose to activate free trail edition Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Anti Instrusion Anti Spam service Please choose the edition you need Free trial edition for 30 days Formal edition with icense key Free trial edition if it is the first time that you register the service please use the option Formal edition with license key you can extend the license valid time manually VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 21 Dray Te k 3 In the following page you can activate the AV AI AS and or Web content filter service at the same time or individually When you finish the selection please click Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This product provides 30 days of free trial please choose the item s you want to use For AI AY service M Anti Intrusion Anti Virus DT KL Activation Date Ol Anti Intrusion Anti Virus DT DT Activation Date For WCF service Web Content Filter CT CF Activation Date For AS service Ml Anti Spam CTCH Activation Date 4 Setting confirmation page will be displayed as follows please click Next Service Activation Wizard Please confirm your settings Sevice Type Trial version Sevice Activated Anti Intrusion Anti Virus OT EL 3 Web Content Filter CT CF 4 Anti Spam CTCH 3 Please click Back
225. ias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Dray Tek http f192 168 1 1 WANILIP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer amta WANI IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool d d m d d LI A A a w m UD oa 17 24 25 32 gt gt Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select Static or Dynamic IP mode for WAN The following web
226. ile accessing into Internet It can detect the intrusion and execute basic defense There are more than 200 basic rules for anti intrusion and anti virus for this router To acquire more rules for anti intrusion it is suggested for you to register your router by entering www vigorpro com When you finished the registration you can get and activate a wide range of anti intrusion rules from the website In addition you will be allowed to download update new rules if they are released from the websites lately during the valid time of the license key you purchased after completing the registration You are allowed to use trial version with anti intrusion and anti virus features for 30 days after you register for the router And you will be noticed with an e mail while it is going to expire 3 7 1 1 Basic Setup Basic Setup page lets you to enable the anti intrusion service and choose the suitable level for the detection VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 105 Dray Te k Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Intrusion gt gt Basic Setup Anti Intrusion Control Setup Signature Version basic Enable Anti Intrusion Service Intrusian detection of the hacker is made effective Sensitiveness of intrusion detection High Security Matching all rules Medium Security Matching high and medium severity rules Low Security Matching high severity rules Action s default processing at time of intrusion detection
227. ill be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters The callback function provides a callback service as a part of PPP suite only for the ISDN dial in user The router owner will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Require Remote to Callback Enable this to let the router to require the remote peer to callback for the connection afterwards Provide ISDN Number to Remote In the case that the es Dray Tek remote peer requires the Vigor router to callback the local ISDN number will be provided to the remote peer Check here to allow the Vigor router to send the ISDN number to the remote router This feature is useful for 7 model only 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username 299 ISDN Password PPTP YJ Compression on off IPSec Tunnel LTP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key O Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway ss Peer ISON Number or Peer YPN Server IP Cl Digital Signature x 509 Peer ID orPeerID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP 4 DES SDES AES Callback Function CBCP C Enable Callback Function Cl Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Budget lo
228. ill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name Enable this account Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address ka IP Accept Subject Name Country C State ST TCS Location L Orginization Unit OLY Po Common Name CN Emal S S SES Profile Name Type in a name in this file Accept Any Peer ID Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Accept Subject Alternative Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept Name the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Accept Subject Name Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept Dray Tek the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E 152 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 10 5 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via ISDN or build the VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type
229. in the Domain Name field Type in the domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Type in the password that you set for applying domain It is not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers Please get more detailed information from its website It is not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers Please get more detailed information from its website It allows you to control the delivery of mails for a given domain or subdomain The entry you type here can be specified as a secondary mail exchanger It means that delivery will be attempted to your host first and then to the host you specify here 1f that fails es Dray Tek 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 3 9 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of
230. ing 1s dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped o Dray Tek Block Unknown Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Protocol Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets Warning Messages We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messa
231. ing View Delete lt gt View Delete ee ses View Delete GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH gt Cerhficate Signiaag Request Infommaton Windows Internet Explorer E htp7 192 263 1 JdocLoCi idl Atn Certificate Name Issucr Subject Subject Allemia ive Narie Valid From Valid To PEM Fornat Content VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Certificate Signing Request Information Local 1 C TW O Draytek CN Vico emailAdcress press drgytek com DNS draylek com DEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MT TRmICCAQFCAQAWT ZEIMZ RGA CERAMCVFexFNLORGNVREATRORYYX1 C7 axl OM SoNVBAMISVZpZ29 yHIGLMROGCScGSIb SDQESAQUARSGNADCE 1 GRBQQDQKERVSOS0 GoEXYCYeGpTGudorPpdttnhzuwEBP3T 7ENC 95 DoFIM1 PORSB xWeQOciTbxX25A49 ZSWLEVEUMeCK4 rGel1dndit4s 0ee SLoUQUpeyYINV LAvdubWwmn LI aSUreuxcvan TVHFYbESTWUHEOIS 25 t0Qa0 TEmScNLb 9QI DAQAB oCkwJw JXoZinvehAQ xCMhRow GDAWS NVHREEDZANcotkcmFSdGVrLmvbTANBoekqnkiSswOBAQUFAACEGQBdfiJzL DTItCbJrwpij1KoT143Uh NwzqLUNQpANkuopu4 AMrAlIyq kez ny 3uv3719C WMTFTAXYAOR4VDACYVT Z7Q gt cMUHaHinangevlimIxX AAH Ongi I vanpe TTS eQhs ax AvA STUCUUT OUqULINnnLprsrlail7s rMizsvbyptonig END CERTIFICATE REQUEST Coase 293 Dray Tek 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use t
232. ion router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network Note On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually
233. ion scheme will be used to encrypt the data Optional MPPE w Optional MPPE Require MPPE 40 128 bit Maximum MPPE 28 bit Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method 1s not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data Mutual Authentication The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to PAP communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Assigned IP Address Enter an IP address for the dial in PPP connection You VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 149 Dray Te k should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address But you have to notice that the first two IP addresses of 192 168 1 200 and 192 168 1 201
234. is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear If the line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For MacOs Terminal 1 2 3 4 Dray Tek Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear 8080 Terminal bash 80x24 Lost login Sat Jan 3 82 29 16 on ttypl Welcome to Darwin Vigorlf draytek ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 165 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 dota bytes 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 8 ttl 255 time 8 755 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 1 ttl 255 times8 697 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_sege2 ttl 255 timesA 716 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 3 ttl 255 time 8 731 me from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seg 4 ttl 255 timesB 72 ms 192 168 1 1 ping statistics 5 packets transmitted 5 packets received 4 packet loss round trip minaya max B 69748 7235 8 755 ms Vigoria draytekt J 302 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Click WAN gt gt Internet Access and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Click Details Page of WAN1 WAN2 to review the settings that you configured previously WAN gt Int
235. is specified in certain site A USB device is connected and active The data is transmitting LAN traffic monitor is active The profile s for IM P2P Web Content Filter and or URL Content Filter application has been activated It is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup No IM P2P Web Content Filter and or URL Content Filter application has been activated The port is connected with 10Mbps The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is disconnected The data is transmitting VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide WAN 1 2 LAN Monitor LAN 1 4 USB VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Connecter for remote networked devices Connecter for local networked devices Connecter for local networked devices Connecter for a USB device Connecter for a power cord with 100 240VAC inlet Power Switch 1 is ON 0 is OFF Dray Tek 1 2 2 For VigorPro 5510Gi Gomz Monitor use ACSM Owan GION act VIGORPRO 5510Gi UNIMEO SECURITY FIREWALL Owe Ovirus Status Blinking Blinking 10 r LAN 100 1000 a a Lett Right 2 4 ea 1 o js A 3 A EN RST ISDN WAN LAN Monitor LAN 1000 right LED ACT Activity Off IDP
236. isplay an online statistics for quality of service for your reference This link will be seen only if you click OK in WANI WAN2 General Setup web page and click Setup again for WANI WAN2 on the Bandwith Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service wani Online Statistics Refresh Interval 5 seconds Refresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec 1 OUT 25 0 2 OUT 25 0 3 OUT 25 0 4 OUT Others 25 8 Outbound Status Others i 5 10 Bps Edit the Class Rule for QoS The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Class Class Class Par Index Status Bandwidth Directon 1 9 3 Others Bandwidth Control WAN1 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps eer He feet cr Hee 2030 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test 1s used as the name of Class Index 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name DiffServ MO Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type 1
237. ity methods etc The router provides up to 200 profiles which also means supporting 200 VPN tunnels simultaneously The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAW Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Status Index Mame Status 1 Pan 5 1r TTF a 2 TTT e 18 TTF i 3 TTT k 19 TER a 4 TTT i 20 TTF A Ai TEF k 21 cae a b Gee e 22 TTF k f TTT k 23 TTF k g TTT Ei 4 TT a 9 TEF i 25 TT i 10 TTT 4 26 TT s 1i TT i Zt TTF a 12 TTT Ei 20 TT n 13 Eee Bi 249 TTF a 14 TT Ei 30 TT n 15 TTT k 31 PTF a 1b TTT Ei 32 TT n lt lt 1 32 3364 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation Dray Tek 158 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt
238. ks from the Activation web page Defense Configuration gt gt Activation Activate via interface WAN 1 v Anti Intrusion Anti irus License Activate Status Not Activated Anti Spam License Activate Status Not Activated Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Authentication Message Web Filtar tnut hanti urata 2suaerestseti B n A a A a S a a mnd ee a a ar Dray Tek 254 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 4 A Login page will be shown on the screen Please type the account and password that you created previously And click Login This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code T4 n e C If you cannot read the word Click here Forget password Dont have a My V iger Account Y Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service B86 3 597 2727 oF email to webmastenmdraytek com 5 The following page will be displayed after you logging in VigorPro server From this page please click Add My Information Welcome Mary Last Login Time Last Login From Current Login Time 2010 03 29 12 09 34 Current Login From 172 16 3 102 Rowlo Pagel Your Device List Serial Number Host ID Device Name VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 255 Dr ay Ie k 6 When the fol
239. l appear to remind you enabling it Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions Limitation List Index Start IF End Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Dr ay Tek 238 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Diagnostics gt gt LAN Security Monitor C LAN Security Monitor Refresh Seconds Page Refresh Index IP Address TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action Current Peak f Speed Current f Peak f Speed Current Peak WANI 172 16 5 102 1 223 Auto 4 790 Auto 6 151 WAR nian o 0 Auto o 0 Auto oro Total 1 223 Auto 4 790 Auto Bf LEl Mote 1 Click Block to prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IF blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IF will be blocked 3 Kops shared bandwidth residual bandwidth used Current Peak are average LAN Security Monitor Check this box to enable this function Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Index Display the number of the data flow IP Address Display the IP address of the monitored device TX rate kbps Display the tra
240. l the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office 11 12 1 Hour E i Force On E Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm 1 Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly 2 Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide ai Dray Tek 3 Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week 4 Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 3 9 3 RADIUS LDAP Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP is a communication protocol for using in TCP IP network It de
241. laire JRUN DoS attempt 1121 M O O Annex Terminal DoS attempt hale M1 O O O O Appian Enterprise BS DoS 3754 M1 O O O Apple MAC OSX VPND DoS 3749 Ml O O O Arescom NetDSL Telnetd Dos 2370 NM O O O Ascend Route 77 il O O Bot channel DDoS command 4654 M O O O CISCO VoIP DoS attempt 1216 M O O O O Enable Check to enable this rule If you uncheck this box the corresponding settings for the rule will not be executed SID The number for each anti intrusion rule is displayed in this field Name A brief description name for the anti intrusion rule is shown in this field Click the name link to access into VigorPro website for checking the detailed information for the specified anti intrusion Severity It means the degree of the influence for this type to the computer machine network and environment H representing that this type will cause severest effect which must crash destroy your computer M representing that this type will cause severer effect which might crash your computer L representing that this type will cause small effect which might not crash your computer Log In order to show the detection log with such rule on the window of Draytek Syslog you have to check the log box here and enable the SysLog Access Setup from System Maintenance gt gt Syslog Mail Alert Action Pass Click this radio button to detect if there is any intrusion occurrence for your reference The system will not do any advanced
242. lcome to the Add Printer Q Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects I through a USB port or any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable Edit View Favorites Tools into your computer or point the printer toward your Add Printer T computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Server Properties S P Sea Windows will automatically install the printer for you Set Up Faxing S Printers and Faxes To continue click Next Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties ROR Cancel Close m 4 Click Local printer attached to this computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer A network printer or a printer attached to another computer e Toset up a network printer that is not attached to a print server J use the Local printer option 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through port
243. lds Check the Active box to enable the account ISDN gt Virtual TA Yirtual TA Setup Virtual TA Server Enable Disable Virtual TA Users Profiles Username Password MSA I hISN hMISNS Active 1 jalan onan Ys Ys On the client Right click the mouse on the VT icon The following pop up menu will be shown Auto Hon Honaubo Run Virtual TA Login Search Server Exit VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 191 Dray Te k Click the Virtual TA Login tab to launch the login box Yirtual TA Login User Name alan Password i Cancel Enter the Username Password and then click OK After a short time the VT icon text will turn green MSN Configuration If you have applied to an MSN number service the Virtual TA server can assign which client has the specified MSN number When an incoming call arrives the server will inform the appropriate client Now we set an example to describe the configuration of the MSN number Suppose that you could assign the MSN number 123 to the client alan ISDN gt Virtual TA irtual TA Setup Virtual TA Server Enable Disable Virtual TA Users Profiles Username Password MSN 1 MSNZ MSN Active Type the specified MSN number in the CAPI based software When the Virtual TA server sends an alert signal to the specified Virtual TA client the CAPI based software will also receive
244. le simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules Dray Tek 132 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WANI General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Index Class Name Reserved _ bandwidth Ratio Class 1 25 ara Class 25 og Class 3 25 og Others 25 ke LJ Enable VDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 6 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Enable the QoS Control The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page WAN Inbound Bandwidth It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for WAN For e
245. le for this account If you haven t set any SSL application yet you ll see a hyperlink here Click the link the system will lead you to access SSL VPN gt SSL Application for advanced configuration This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP 156 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide with or without IPSec policy above IKE Authentication This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP Method with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity IPSec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security
246. les for different requirements The APP Enforcement Profile will be applied in Default Rule of Firewall gt gt General Setup for filtering CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile APP Enforcement Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name PEEBREBrErPrR PrP eee SPPEEBRBPEEFPEREB EEE Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Name Display the name of the APP Enforcement Profile Click the number under Index column for settings in detail CSM gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 profile Name IM Object Mone P2F Object Mone Protocol Object None Misc Object None Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Each profile can contain three objects settings IM Object P2P Object and Misc Object Such profile can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow 3 6 2 URL Content Filter Profile Based on the list of user defined keywords the URL Content Filter facility in Vigor router inspects the URL string in every outgoing HTTP request No matter the URL string is found VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 97 Dray Te k full or partial matched with a keyword the Vigor router will block the associated HTTP connection For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit
247. lication Service Application Name Application IP Address Port Scaling IP Address Port Scaling VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Virtual Network Computing YMC S400 100 w Type the IP address for this protocol Specify the port used for this protocol The default setting is 5900 Chose the percentage 100 80 60 for such application on Dray Tek Remote Desktop Protocol Choose this item for accessing and controlling a remote PC through RDP protocol SSL VPN gt SSL Application Profile Index 1 Ol Enable Application Service Application Remote Desktop Protocol ROP Port 3309 Screen Size 1024760 IP Address Type the IP address for this protocol Port Specify the port used for this protocol The default setting is 3389 Screen Size Chose the screen size for such application Samba Application Any remote user can upload download delete certain files on a local Samba server through web browser with this application SSL VPN gt gt SSL Application Profile Index 1 C Enable Application Service Application Name Application samba Application h Mote Samba Path format must be entered as WAp directory or WAComputer Name directary Samba Path Specify the path for this application 3 15 4 User Account For SSL VPN identity authentication and power management are implemented through deploying user accounts Therefore the user account for SSL VPN must be set tog
248. lick Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful 3 16 5 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments Dray Tek 228 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SsysLog Access Setup Enable Mail Alert Setup Enable Send a test e mail Destination Port 514 Enable syslog message Firewall Log PN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Lag Router OSL information AL AY AlertLog Setup Enable AlertLag Port 514 ALAY Attack Log Access Black Log SysLog Access Setup Enable Syslog Access Router Name Server IP Address Destination Port Enable syslog message AI AV AlertLog Setup Enable Alert Setup AlertLog Port Mail Alert Setup Enable Alert Setup Send a test e mail SMTP Server Mail To VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Authentication Enable E Mail Alert DoS Attack IM P2P Anti Intrusian Anti Virus Check Enable to activate function of syslog Assign a name for the router The IP address of the Syslog server Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding m
249. ll ask you to restart your computer Click OK to restart your computer 3 After the computer restarts you will see a VT icon in the taskbar usually in the bottom right of the screen near the clock as shown below When the icon text is GREEN the Virtual TA client is connected to the Virtual TA server and you can launch your CAPI based software to use the client to access the router If the icon Dr ay Tek 190 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide text is RED it means the client has lost the connection to the server This time please check the physical Ethernet connection B4 2ssem BA 251 PM Configure a Virtual TA Client Server Since the Virtual TA application is a client server network model you must configure it on both ends to run properly your Virtual TA application By default the Virtual TA server is enabled and the Username Password fields are left blank Any Virtual TA client may login to the server Once a single Username Password field has been filled in the Virtual TA server will only allow clients with a valid Username Password to login The screen of Virtual TA configuration is presented below User Profile Note that creating a single user access account will limit the access to the Virtual TA server to only the specified account holders Assume you did not acquire any MSN service from your ISDN network provider On the server Click Virtual TA Remote CAPD Setup link and fill in the Username and Password fie
250. lowing page appears please type in Nick Name for the router and choose the right purchase date from the popup calendar it appears when you click on the box of Purchase Date My Product search for this site fs Registration Device Serial number 20100503140901 Nickname gt 5510ni Registration Date 05 03 2010 May 2010 Wk Mon Tue Wed Thu Fe Sat Sun 17 1 S 18 3 4 a 6 T a 19 106i iz 13 14 15 z i7 618 13 0 21 22 z1 z4 25 76 27 285 29 27 31 Today is Mon 3 May 2010 7 After adding the basic information for the router please click Submit My Product search for this site Ys Registration Device Serial number 200709210001 Nickname gt 5510 Registration Date 11 16 2008 8 Now your router information has been added to the database Click OK to leave this web page and return to My Product web page Your device has been successhilly added to the database Dray Tek 256 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 9 Now you have finished the procedure for registering your router Welcome sandyni Last Login Time 2010 05 03 14 23 09 Last Login From 172 16 1 15 Current Login Time 2010 05 03 14 28 31 Current Login From 172 16 1 15 Row o 5 PageNa Your Device List p ee eee S ee oe a SS zs _ T SS si E e a gt E lal f Jumb eri most ID Device Jame N loge lj dote 20100503140901 5510n vigorPross10 4 4 Activating Anti Virus Anti Intrusion Anti Spam WCF Service Aft
251. ly stop running Do you want to upgrade firmware in w M e Click OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade A TFTP server is running Please execute a Firmware Upgrade Utility software ta Upgrade router s firmware This server will be closed by itself when the firmware upgrading finished For the detailed information about firmware update please go to Chapter 4 Dray Tek 234 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 17 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics 3 17 1 Dial out Trigger Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection e g ISDN PPPoE PPPoA etc is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Trigger Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 O00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Decoded Format 0 0 0 0 gt 0 0 0 0 Pr Olen O 0 Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination I
252. me Ethernet PPPoE 0 01 34 GW IP TK Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 61 2350 192 254 21 T 45 is Detailed explanation is shown below Primary DNS Secondary DNS LAN Status IP Address TX Packets RX Packets WANI 2 Status Line Name Mode Up Time IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate Displays the IP address of the primary DNS Displays the IP address of the secondary DNS Displays the IP address of the LAN interface Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN interface Displays the physical connection Ethernet of this interface Displays the name set in WAN1 WAN web page Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Displays the total uptime of the interface Displays the IP address of the WAN interface Displays the IP address of the default gateway Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface WANI WAN2 is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface WAN1 WAN2 is not ready for accessing Internet Dray Tek 26 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 2 5 Saving Configuration Each tim
253. minutets 4 GRE over IPSec Settings C Enable IPSec Dial Qut function GRE over IPSec O Logical Trafic MyGrem PeerGREIP lt 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP oooo sd oe first subnet to remote network you have to Remote Network IP oooo 8s Remote Network Mask 255 255 2550 Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 Allowed Dial In Type Determine the dial in connection with different types ISDN Allow the remote ISDN LAN to LAN connection You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below This feature is useful for i model only In addition you can further set up Callback function below PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Dray Tek 164 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide IPSec Tunnel L2TP Specify CLID or Remote VPN Gateway User Name Password VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with PSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSe
254. n be scanned by this router 3 7 2 1 Profile Setting This page allows you to set eight profiles for anti virus scanning These profiles can be invoked through firewall configuration It is recommended to build one profile at least Thus you will have selectable anti virus profile setting in Firewall gt General Setup Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Virus gt gt Profile Setting Anti irus Profile Table Signature Version basic Setto Factory Default Profile Mame Profile Mame i Default a 2 6 J f 4 amp Administration Message Max 255 characters Email scanned by DrayTek VigorFProa UTM Mote If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLo Mail Alert Setup page For more information please visit the Virus List page The Administration Message box allows you to fill in important notification directly for SMTP and POP3 protocols It will be saved as a file While receiving an e mail the user will receive an attached file with the content listed in this box To edit a profile setting please click the number link under Profile You can see the following screen You can check the boxes listed below for different operation respectively If you uncheck this box the corresponding settings for the protocol will not be performed VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 109 Dray Te k Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Virus gt gt Profile Setting Profile Index 1 Profile Name
255. n is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Taiwanese BSMI Bureau of Standards Metrology and Inspection A Warning Warning This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Please visit http www draytek com user AboutRegulatory php CEO This product is designed for the ISDN and 2 4GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide v Dray Te k Table of Contents 1 POT ACS cree ce recs vee N eee cee A E A A OE A 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation cccccccccccccceceeeseeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeessaaeaeeeeeeeeessaaaaeees 1 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors ccccceeecccceecceseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeesseeeeeeeseseeseeeeeeessaeeeeeeeeeeessseaaaeses 2 Te FOrVigO OS TO eea T E T ER E EEES 2 122 For Vigor Pro oo oat ectsese cee tiocinstdandoeseasaiunsonceupnoeiclcbindenaneiecacmdck acted E 4 1 Hardware Potalla TOR senii a a a Ra 6 14 Printer Metalai senian aa 7 Configuring Basic Settings snnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnna 13 2 1 Changing PassWord siete nace e
256. n specify to record information for Anti Virus by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Check the Enable box to invoke anti intrusion filter function For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Anti Intrusion by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the anti spam profile settings created in Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Spam gt gt Profile Setting for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti spam in Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Spam gt gt Profile Setting web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Anti Spam by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Click Edit to open the following window Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here http 192 168_1_l docfipfedrady htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Advance Setting ANSI 1252 Latin Window size 65535 Codepage Session timeout 1440 Minute Queue timeout 2 Minute Max Queue length Retransmission queue lengh DrayTek Bann
257. n the unreachable web page The requested Web page has been blocked by Web Content Filter Please contact your system administrator for further information Powered by Draytek Strict Security For the sake of security you might want the router executing Checking strict security checking for data transmission The router performance will be affected if you invoke strict security checking Anti Virus Check this box to execute the critical checking for virus Anti Spam Check this box to execute the critical checking for e mails In sequence Check this box to execute the critical checking for all the files in sequence Dray Tek 70 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default Set Comments Set Comments i Default Call Filter 2 Default Data Filter a 3 J 4 10 J 11 6 12 To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Firewall gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 comments Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down O UP Down O UP Down O UP Down O UP Down 6 a UP Down o UP Next Filter Set Filter Rule Click a button numb
258. n to refresh the whole connection status Dray Tek 178 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 11 Certificate Management A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management 3 11 1 Local Certificate This page allows users to adopt single certificate or mutliple certificates for certification through generating or importing Users can generate up to three local certificats or they can import the third party certificate s to fit different requests Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERAT
259. ndex are shown below Dray Tek 140 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 Enable Schedule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd Start Time thh mm Duration Time hh mm Action Idle Timeout How Often once Weekdays O Sun Mon m A 0 0 0 vj w bo minute s max 255 0 for default Tue Wed Thu Fri J Sat Enable Schedule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mm Action Idle Timeout Example Check to enable the schedule Specify the starting date of the schedule Specify the starting time of the schedule Specify the duration or period for the schedule Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Suppose you want to contro
260. ne o Web Content Filtar Alone w o Anti Virus Hons bet Ei AntiInirusion Q Enable oO AntiSpam None Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Advance Set tire l Edit Filler Ketug Selto Facio Helauli Ert Gaorrereavsrils Rri Gimminis accept large incoming fragmented VDP or ICME kets for some garnes i L Dolaull Col Filtar L Default Data Filter LI Enable Transparent mode 5 3 Stnel Socunty Cricki 4 10 Dant EA Mins wut ANKI IFL ri UER TIO 4 1 E it L 9 Cema tup gt gt Edit Filter Set Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Comments Default Call Fiter Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up TA o RENS Check to enable the Filter Rule ik Not S J Sania Comments Block NetBios 2 a UP i ns Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 3 J a up i rm up Direction LAN gt WAN w z up Source IP Any Edit i up Destinatean TP Any Edit z Service Type TCP UDP Port from 137 139 to undefined Edit Fragments Donl Cam v Next Filte Application Action Protily Syslog OK Clea Cancel Filter Block tmmedately v Cj Branch to Other Filter Set IM P2P Filter URL Content Filter ion Enable Advaneo Setter Eda oK Clear Cancel VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 77 Dray Te k 3 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense function
261. nhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Example 1 Internet 551D Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP or WPA PSK WPA only PSK cfgs0ai12 Key 1 AB312 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 195 Dray Te k Example 2 Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WPA PSK only WPA2 only Pre shared Key cfgs0a12 Example 3 Internet 551D Draytek Channel 6 Mode WPA WPAZ Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Dray Tek 196 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 13 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Plea
262. nsmission speed of the monitored device RX rate kbps Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Sessions Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Action Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 239 Dray Te k Page nM Refresh ps Sessions Action 1 100 Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column Page 1 w Refresh Sessions Action blocked 299 Unblock Current Peak Speed Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate for WANI WAN2 Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in data transmission Speed means line speed specified in WAN gt gt General If you do not specify any rate at that page here will display Auto for instead 3 17 8 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WANI1 Bandwidth W AN2 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time The following two figures display different charts by daily and weekly Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WAN1 Bandwidth v Daily v Refresh Mints Refresh WAN Ba nd width WAN Bandwidth Sessions Dr ay Tek 240 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph
263. nt now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service B86 3 597 2727 oF email to webmastenmdraytek com 13 Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into My Vigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want DrayTek will maintain a database of MAC address serial number of shipped B goods Only products with shipping records can be registered If your VigorPro 5510 cannot hook up to your account please contact your reseller or DrayTek s technical support VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 253 Dr ay Te k 4 3 Registering Your Vigor Router You have activated the new account for the router Now it is the time for you to register your vigor router Open Defense Configuration gt gt Activation Registering Vigor router should be done just for once If the router has been registered previously the system will not allow you to register the router again After finishing the router registration you can activate Anti Virus Anti Intrusion Anti Spam and Web Content Filter respectively 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password Do not type any word on the window and click OK 2 From the router s web page please open Defense Configuration gt gt Activation Defense Configuration b Activation 3 You will see the following web page Click one of the Activate lin
264. o Vigor Router via Web GUI a User requests a certificate issued by CA ServerAand Saves it 1 Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list E Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO SEO RAO RRB IAM BAD EL Q AO Ors yam Are A B 33 FED ttp 1172 16 2 179 certsrv Brz 4 msi v PRS ABA ANEA ARMA 19 y Hotmail Gh Mesenger A HAI MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task oeseeoseesesesesossoeseoessecossnsecesocereocsesececeosesoeseseceespooepecoeseseessseoesecsesceseascocceoesosoesososocsesseseuessesessapeeossesososoeosoesereesscessseseosseesceessesesy O Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 297 Dr ay Te k 2 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file E Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer SEO GHO MAO AREA IAM RAW d OQ
265. o block the connection of the IP PMAC which is not listed in IP Bind List ARP Table This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below Add and Edit IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address Refresh It is used to refresh the ARP table When there is one new PC added to the LAN you can click this link to obtain the newly ARP table information IP Bind List It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information Add It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List Edit It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before Delete You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Delete The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Dray Tek 54 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 3 NAT Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translat
266. o wo Mo oo uo 1000 o 000 on o w Moo o 2 o ho Moo ho s o o Mo jon 13 o ho M00 oo e o bo Mo joo 1 1000 ho 000 oo 7 o Jon Moo joo is o ho Moo oo Note Specified rate is an aggregate rate for the VLAN group Check this box to enable this function for Rate Control The rate control will limit the transmission rate for upload and download Enable Upload Rate It decides the rate of data transmission for output The default setting 1s 300 The range must be between 100 kbps to 20 000kbps Adjust the values according to your necessity Download Rate It decides the rate of data transmission for input The default setting 1s 300 The range must be between 100 kbps to 20 000kbps Adjust the values according to your necessity VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 215 Dray Tek 3 15 SSL VPN An SSL VPN Secure Sockets Layer virtual private network is a form of VPN that can be used with a standard Web browser There are two benefits that SSL VPN provides gt Itis not necessary for users to preinstall VPN client software for executing SSL VPN connection gt There are less restrictions for the data encrypted through SSL VPN in comparing with traditional VPN 3 15 1 General Setup This page determines the general configuration for SSL VPN Server and SSL Tunnel SSL VPN gt General Setup SSL YPN General Setup Port Default 443 Server Certificate self signed Encryption Key Algorithm O High
267. ocal hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Dray Tek 46 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration 152 168 1 1 For NAT Usage ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable 192 165 2 1 255 255 255 0 2nd Subnet DHF Server 2nd IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask RIP Protocol Control Ist IP Address Ist Subnet Mask For IP Routing Usage 2 IP Address 2 Subnet Mask 2 DHCP Server VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 755 255 255 0 Disable ka DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent ist Subnet 2nd Subnet Start IP Address 192 166 1 10 o 192 168 1 1 IF Pool Counts Gateway IP Address DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address C Force ONS manual setting Primary IP Address 166 95 1 1 Secondary IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 li Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 Click Enable to invoke this
268. oes not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 53 43 LAN Status i IP Address RA P 192 168 1 1 1878 1739 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection There are two common scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 4 For the configuration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide i Dray Tek 3 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route LAN gt Static Route Setup Static Route Configuration Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Pel caai caa ee oa en ei cea eal ee ce oc o ooo Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status ale TTT T ir TTT Z T77 T 18 TIT 3 777 19 777 4 TTT T 20 TTT a T77 i 1 PER 6 777 22 777 T TTT T Za TTT g TTT T 4 TIT J TTT T 29 TT 10 TTT 2b TTT 11 TTT T ff TIT 12 TTT T 0
269. of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www draytek com Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents For more detailed information please refer to http www draytek com Parts of the anti virus features are powered by Kaspersky Lab ZAO For more detailed information please refer to http www kaspersky com iv VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou Township HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu Taiwan 303 Product VigorPro 5510 DrayTek Corp declares that VigorPro 5510 Series is in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compati
270. ofile selected from the Member drop down list below Active on Backup Profile field Yes means normal condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Type on Backup Profile field Display the connection type for that profile such as IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec NICE L2TP over IPSec MUST and so on Member2 on Backup Profile field Display the dial out profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below Advanced This button is only available when there is one VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 169 Dray Te k Load Balance Profile List Dray Tek profile or more created in this page E http 192 168 1 1 YPN Backup Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer YPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Name RD ERD Mode Normal O Recover Timer 3600 D or 60 2147483647 O Resume Detail Information Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode f ia lw Detailed information for this dialog see later section Advanced Load Balance and Backup Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile No The order of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile Status v means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Name Display the name of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile Member Di
271. om System Maintenance gt gt Syslog Mail Alert Dray Tek 110 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Detect Macro Attachment Detect Encrypted Zipped Files Detect Suspicious Compression Compression Ratio Threshold Append Message File Filter Block Fragmented Mail Block Multiple Sessions Download 3 7 2 2 Virus List SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Server IP Address Destination Port 514 Enable syslog message Firewall Log YPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Router DSL information S S A SESS The file with macro attachment will be passed destroyed reset under different protocols The system will detect it automatically if you set corresponding configuration here The file zipped with encryption will be detected and then be passed destroyed reset according to the configuration set here The file with suspicious or non support compression format will be detected and then be passed destroyed reset according to the configuration set here Choose one of the compression ration selections as the threshold for the system to block or pass the file compressed with the ratio specified here This function is available for SMTP and POP3 protocols If you check it the message typed under the box of Administration Message will be sent out with e mail Click this link to open Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Virus gt gt File Pattern List for viewing current settings The file with
272. on Transmission Control Protocol lnternet Protocol The default Wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectryity Dray Tek 300 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address For MacOs 1 Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4 068o Network MA p Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet l IP Address 192 168 1 10 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 Configure IPv6 rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me
273. on the setting page of DDNS setup Active Display if this account is active or inactive View Log Display DDNS log status Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 3 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic ONS Account WAN Interface WANI First Service Provider dyndns org www dyndns org v chons oe max 23 characters max 23 characters Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password OI wildcards C Backup Mx Mail Extender SSS OS Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password Wildcards Backup MX Mail Extender VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Check this box to enable the current account If you did check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 Select the WAN interface order to apply settings here Select the service provider for the DDNS account Select a service type Dynamic Custom Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen
274. oosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box F DroavTek Syslog 3 9 1 192 168 1 1 z an Information WON IP Fixed igorPros300 series a LE LAN Status Tx Packets Re Packets Wah2 IP Fixed 26489 15265 Tool Setup Telnet Read out Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Verson 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE 990 ANSIOEM Traditional Chimes Big O0al 21 O0a6 c 00a9 63 O0aa 61 O0ad 2d O0ae 52 O0b2 32 00b2 33 00b9 31 Obst Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol O 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Queue timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule Max Queue length When the network connection is not stable you can set large number for this setting to get better performance Yet large value will consume large resource Retransmission queue length Type the number here as a base i Dray Tek for the router to verify if the retransmitted data is the same as the old one Advertisement Enable Check this box to display the words Powered by Draytek o
275. op down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the binded PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Mote Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac address ft Result Send command ta client done VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 147 Dray Te k 3 10 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access 3 10 1 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP VPN Service Enable IPSec VPN Service Enable LeTP YPN Service Enable SSL VPN Service F Enable ISON Dial
276. orPro5510 Series User s Guide T JP Broadband Connection on Router Properties x Advanced Settings eee perpen opera General Services Connect to the Internet using Select the services running on your network that Internet users can access J IP Broadband Connection on A outer Ftp Example menmegr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDP manmegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a menmsgr 192 169 29 11 8729 63231 TCP shared connection on another computer Mere Show icon in notification area when connected ro Edit pels I E i al The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of
277. ou to control the upload and download rate of each wireless client station and SSID1 4 Please check the box of Enable to invoke this setting The range for the rate is between 100 100 000 kbps Wireless LAN gt Station Rate Control Station Rate Control Enable Upload Rate 1000 00 Kbps Download Rate 1000 00 Kbps Note 1 Range 100 100 000 Kbps Increment 100 Kbps 2 The specified rates are applied to each associated wireless client SSID rate control controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Enable Check Enable for typing upload and download rate Upload Type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 1 000 kbps Download Type the transmitting rate for data download Default value is 1 000 kbps 3 14 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port Such menu is available for Vigor5510Gi only Dray Tek 208 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 14 1 Wired VLAN PCs connected to Ethernet ports of the router can be divided into different groups and formed VLAN PCs under the same groups can share each other information through the router and will not be peeked by other groups Internet The VLAN gt gt Wired VLAN allows you to configure VLAN settings through wired connection to achieve the above intention Simply check P1 and P2 boxes on the line of VLANO and check P3 and P4 boxes on
278. r 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the second WAN port However the original Ethernet WAN still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem in WAN2 also can be used as backup device Therefore when WAN is not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting automatically The supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on Draytek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for WAN 3 1 3 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WANI and WAN2 in details This router supports dual WAN function It allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the dual WAN to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port can connect to different ISPs Even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation Please configure WAN1 and WAN2 settings This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 and WAN respectively Note In default WANI and WAN2 are enabled Dray Tek 30 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide WAN gt General Setup General Setup WAMI WANZ Enable Enable Display Name fs Display Name fo Physical Mode Ethernet Physical
279. r To download newly update anti intrusion and anti virus from VigorPro website please click Download Now Dray Tek 270 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Time for Import Backup files can be imported whenever you want To use a saved signature information please click Import In addition users can specify certain time for executing the upgrade automatically by the router Remember to check the Schedule Update box and click OK to activate the time settings 4 6 Enabling Anti Virus Anti Intrusion Anti Spam WCF After applying an account registering your account and router you have to access into the web page of Vigor router to enable Anti Virus Anti Intrusion Anti Spam Web Content Filter WCF functions There are two ways to enable it A For the default rule of firewall please open Firewall gt gt General Setup page Check the box of Enable for Anti Intrusion and choose proper action profile from the drop down list of Anti Virus Next click OK to finish the procedure of activation Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup Call Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Data Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Actions for default rule Application Action Profile Syslog Filter Pass IM P2P Filter None URL Content Filter Mone Web Content Filter Anti Virus Mone kal Anti Intrusion CO Enable mN N Advance Setting Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP pack
280. r your router About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Downloads Model Name Firmware Version Release Date Firmware Vigor120 series E P Ae A 26 06 2009 Driver Vigor2100 series 2 6 2 26 02 2008 Utility Vigor2104 series Pi G 13 02 2008 wa Vigor2110 series 3 3 0 25 06 2009 Datasheet Vigor2200 X W E 2 3 11 22 09 2004 R amp TTE Certification Vigor2200Eplus 2 5 7 18 02 2009 Vigor2200USB 2 3 10 16 03 2005 3 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Utility menu and click it About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Utility Utility Downloads Tools Name Release Date Version os Support Model z Router Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows All Modules Driver Syslog Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows XP All Modules MS Vista Utility VigorPro Alert Notice 2009 06 03 1 1 0 MS Windows XP VigorPro 100 series Utility Introduction Tools Multi MS Vista VigorPro 5500 series language VigorPro 5510 series Datasheet MRE R amp TTE Certification Smart VPN Client 2009 05 25 3 6 3 MS Windows XP All Modules m Multi MS Vista language Smart Monitor 2009 03 25 2 0 MS Windows XP Vigor2950 series 4 Click on the link of Router Tools to download the file After downloading the files please decompressed the file onto your host VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 289 Dra
281. r greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway 48 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide DNS Server Configuration DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP d
282. r is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product
283. r to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Important When some packet does not fit the rule configured in Filter Setup web page the filtering action configured in general setup web page will apply to that packet Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page Dr ay Tek 66 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup Call Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Data Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Actions for default rule Application Filter IM P P Filter URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Anti Virus Anti Intrusion Anti Spam Advance Setting Syslog Mone Mone Mone i gt gn TEE og D lt a in Mone C Enable Mone m ENN N Edit Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for some games ex CS L Enable Transparent mode Strict Security Checking Ol Anti Virus Call Filter Data Filter Filter IM P2P Filter URL Content Filter Web Content Filter VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Cl Anti Spam Cl In Sequence Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter rules Filter Select an IM P2P profile for global I
284. ral setup Physical Mode It shows the physical connection for WAN1 Ethernet WAN2 Ethernet or 3G USB Modem according to the real network connection Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode WAT 1 Ethernet Wl AB 2 Ethernet Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode WAT 1 Ethernet Wah 36 USB Modem Access Mode Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode The details page of that mode will be popped up If not click Details Page for VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 33 Dray Tek Details Page accessing the page to configure the settings static or Dynamic IP Mone PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP FPPTF There are three access modes provided for PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP and PPTP This button will open different web page according to the access mode that you choose in WANI or WAN2 Details Page for PPPoE To use PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPPoE mode for WAN The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAR 1 PPPoE Client Mode OQ Enable Disable ISP Access Setup sername Password as Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Hi second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Idle Timeout Fized IP Address ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup
285. re Q Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do You want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 305 Dray Te k Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the RST button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request 6 6 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support draytek com Dray Tek 306 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide
286. re downloading the File h J config cfg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 227 Dray Te k Save In fe Desktop gt G EF fi x Emy Documents 4 og My Computer My Recent my Network Places Documents nv S COM Lite 2 Desktop 2 vzk2_232_config_1 Mu Documents EE 3 v2k6_250_config_1 g9 hy Computer e File name contig wt My Network Save as type Configuration file ka 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file rw Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 C
287. reate an account now ass If you are having difficulty lagging in contact our customer service Customer Service 886 3 597 2727 oF email to webmastenmdraytek com 5 On the web page of My Product you can find a list of the devices that you add with the above steps Currently you just have added VigorPro 5510 Please click the serial number link My Information Welcome sandyni Last Login Time 2010 05 03 14 23 09 Last Login From 172 16 1 15 Current Login Time 2010 05 03 14 28 31 Current Login From 172 16 1 15 Rowhlo Page o Your Device List 20100503140901 5510n WigorPross10 Dray Tek 258 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide From the Device s Service section click the Trial button for AI AV Anti Intrusion amp Anti Virus service with provider DT DT My Product Device Information Nickname 5510ni serial 20100503140901 Model VigorPro5510 Expired License DT OT DT KL CT CF TCH Means such service is in use io Means such service is not in use ae Means such service has not been activated yet i Means such service is in use and ywill be invalid soon less than one month Rename Delete Transfer ina Allows you to have the tree trial tor Service Allows you to renew Service license Allows you to activate service It allows you to change the account name It allows you to delete account name used cur
288. red in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Two peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function a Dray Tek 3 13 6 AP Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Sean to discover all the connected APs Wireless LAN gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List BSSID Channel SSIo Scar Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is allo
289. reement Activation Date 2010 03 30 select Enter your License key For AS service Anti Spam CTCH License Agreement Activation Date 2010 03 30 select Enter your License key JI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Dray Tek 24 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 2 4 Online Status The online status shows the system status WAN status ADSL Information and other status related to this router within one page If you select PPPoE PPTP as the protocol you will find out a link of Dial PPPoE PPPoA or Drop PPPoE PPPoA in the Online Status web page Online status for PPPoE WAN2 system Status LAN Status Primary DNS 165 95 192 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 TF S56 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Mame Mode Yes Ethernet Static IP IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate 192 168 5 100 192 168 5 1 3 Le WAN Status Enable Line Mame Mode Yes Ethernet PPPoE IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate 61 230 209 207 61 230 192 254 10 16 Online status for PPTP for WAN2 system Status LAN Status Primary DNS 168 95 192 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 165 1 1 TT 56 WAM 1 Status Enable Line Name Mode Yes Ethernet Static IP IP GW IP TR Packets TX Rate 192 168 5 100 192 168 5 1 3 17 WAN 2 Status Enable Line Mame Mode Yes Ethernet WAZ PPTP IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate 19
290. refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content 74 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Web Content Filter Anti Virus Anti Intrusion Anti Spam Advance Setting VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the anti virus profile settings created in Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Virus gt gt Profile Setting for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Virus gt Profile Setting web page first For troubleshooting needs you ca
291. remote server Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection You can specify the IP address of the remote dial out user Link Type There are three link types provided here for different purpose Disable disables the ISDN connection function 64Kbps allows you to use one ISDN channel for Internet access 128Kbps allows you to use both ISDN B channels for Internet access BOD stands for bandwidth on demand The router will use only one B channel in low traffic situations Once the single B channel bandwidth is fully used the other B channel will be activated automatically through the dialup For more detailed BOD parameter settings please refer to the section of Call Control This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPT
292. rently It allows you to transfer the VigorPro device together with applied license to someone who has already registered another account in Www vigorpro com Be sure to press this button to transfer the product to whom you want to give Otherwise he she might not be able to maintain the license hooked up to the VigorPro device Back 259 It allows you to return to the previous account Dray Tek 7 In the following page check the box of I have read and accept the above Agreement The system will find out the date for you to activate this version of service Then click Next Contirm Message Cancel User Name sandyni Serial 20100503140901 Model igarPro5o10 a Service Provider Status DrayTek VYigorPro Series End User License Agreement IMPORTANT DrayTek I5 WILLING TO LICENSE THE ENCLOSED SOFTWARE TO YOU ONLY UPON THE CONDITION THAT YOU ACCEPT ALL OF THE TERMS CONTAINED IMN THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT PLEASE READ THE TERNS CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THE INSTALLATION PROCESS AS INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE WILL INDICATE YOUR ASSENT TO THEM IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS THEN DrayTek IS UNWILLING TO LICENSE THE hawe read and accept the abowe Agreement Please check this box Note DT DT means you can acquire the anti intrusion and anti virus services from DrayTek Corporation 8 When this page appears click Register Apply For A License Number Cancel Serice Name Al AV S
293. ress any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection Dray Tek 56 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide NAT gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN Interface Public Port Private IP Private Port Range learning TCP ALL gt Ho 192 168 1 55 Fa Jis Mote In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP hawe been entered Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN Interface Public Port Private IP Private Port Active Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Chose the WAN interface for applying port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to WAN1 and WAN2 at the same time Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required numbers on thes
294. reviously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Dray Tek In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable Apply ta 2nd Subnet Disable Default TX Limit Kbps Default RX Limit Kbps O Allow auto adjustment to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List RE limit Shared Specific Limitation start a Each Shared TX Limit Kbps Res Limit Kbps Time Schedule Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup Mote Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Apply to 2 Subnet if bandwidth limit function is enabled please check this box to apply to second subnet Disable Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Default TX limit Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Default RX limit Define the default speed of the downstr
295. rtificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certificate Management gt gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Backup Encrypt password Po Retype password Pe Click to download certificates to your local PC as a file Restoration Select a backup file to restore Cr Decrypt password Click to upload the file Dray Tek 184 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 12 ISDN 3 12 1 Basic Concept ISDN means integrated services digital network that is an international communications standard for sending voice video and data over digital telephone lines or normal telephone wires Below shows the menu items for ISDN ISD 3 12 2 General Setup This web page allows you to enable ISDN function ISDN gt General Setup ISDN Setup Country Code International al D Channel Mode ISDN 1 Point to Point Point to Multipaint ISDN2 Point to Point Point to Multipoint Country Code For proper operation on your local ISDN network you should choose the correct country code International International a Argentina Australia Austria Bangladesh Belgium Brasil D Channel Mode It allows you to configure ISDN layer2 protocol as Point to Point Configure ISDN port to use static TEI Terminal Endpoint Identifier Point to Multipoint Configure ISDN por
296. rvices such as Anti Spam Web Content Filter Anti Intrusion and etc to filtering the web pages for the sake of protecting your system 4 1 Creating and Activating an Account from MyVigor Website Follow the steps below to create an account for My Vigor 1 Access into http myvigor draytek com Find the line of Not registered yet Then click the link Click here to access into next page Dray Tek fi Home 7 E coe MyVigor for you About Us MyVigor website replaces the VigorPro site as DrayTek s portal site for O Product the latest products and services in network security including Anti UserName My Information Virus Anti Spam Web Content Filter etc The products and functions Password VigorPro that are supported in this site include ae a VigorPro Unified Security Firewall series E r k V d Activation of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter If you can t read the AuthCode click here license key Activation of DT Anti Virus license key Activation of Kaspersky Anti Virus license key b Activation of Commtouch Anti Spam license key and membership MW Not registered yet Click here Vigor routers for models that support Commtouch e Activation of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter license key The MyVigor website contains a trail version of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter which allows the users to set filters to block out undesirable web pages in the In
297. ry or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Class Class Class gue Index Status Bandwidth Directon 1 9 9 Others Bandwidth Control WANI Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 z5 25 25 Inactive Setup WAN Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 253i 259 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 dit This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN 1 2 interface As to class ru
298. s Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port O Use the following port LPT 1 Recommended Printer Port Create a new port Type of port Standard TCP IP Port Dray Tek 8 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 6 Inthe following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard ICP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 9100 Device 192 163 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Adapter Type Generic Network Card
299. s Pt fem ae ee a FEES RBEBEPrFePrPeEeP ee Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Name Administratian Interface Available IP Objects Selected IP Objects 1 RO Department 2 Financlal Dept 3 HR Department Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects All the available IP objects created in IP Object web page with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click button to add the selected IP objects in this box Dray Tek 84 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 5 3 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Index Name FREREFEREBErPRrPeEPrPEePe Be as P areal 33 64 65 96 gt gt Set to Factory Default Setto Factory Default Index Name ee e a e j Ml Pet fet fee PR fee fe Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 Name Protocol Source Port Destination Port Name Protocol Source Destination Port VigorPro5510
300. s with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 29 Dray Te k 3 1 2 Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more VigorPro5510 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of VigorPro55 10 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc VigorPro5510 with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via SuperG wireless function of VigorPro5510G and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management and VPN features of VigorPro5510 series Mobile Coffee shop Pe Internet VoIP Web surfing E Mail F Instant messaging etc Wa Ty N lt VPN WigorsS1 OS 3 56 HSDPA USB Modem After connecting into the route
301. se refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 802 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 11b 11q be Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Channel Channel 245 MHz Note If SuperG mode is enabled channel is fixed at 6 C Hide SSID C Long Preamble Hide SSID prevent SSID from being scanned Long Preamble necessary for some older 802 116 devices only lowers performance Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode Select an appropriate wireless mode Mixed 11b 11g SuperG The radio can support TEEE802 11b IEEE802 11g and SuperG protocols simultaneously Mixed 11b 11g The radio can support both TEEE802 11b and IEEE802 11g protocols simultaneously SuperG The radio only supports SuperG 11g only The radio only supports IEEE802 11g 11b only The radio only supports IEEE802 1 1b Mode hlixed 1 1b 119 w Mixedii1b 11g 5uperG Mixed 1b 11q supers Only 11g Only 11b Onl Index 1 15 Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work SSID The default SSID is default We suggest you change it to a particular name It is the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various spe
302. sion Anti Virus You can get the most updated signature from DrayTek s server if the license key of anti virus anti intrusion for the VigorPro 5510 is not expired Before you upgrade the signature please check the validation information either from WEB user interface of VigorPro 5510 or account information from www vigorpro com 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password Do not type any word on the window and click OK 2 From the router s web page please open Defense Configuration gt gt Signature Upgrade You will see the following web page Defense Configuration P Signature Upgrade a 3 On Signature Upgrade web page locate Backup and Download Now Defense Configuration gt gt Signature Upgrade Signature Upgrade Setting Signature Version DT EKL_2_ 46 0 0 Signature Build Date Wed Jan 13 10 02 36 00 2010 Upgrade via interface WAN Setup download server auto selected find more Setup query server auto selected find more Signature authentication download message Upgrade Automatically Time for Backup Before changing other license it is suggested for you to backup the original signature first To backup current signature with the filename vigorpro sig click Backup Time for Download After changing other license it is suggested for you to download newly update signature for your route
303. some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 145 Dray Te k 3 9 5 IGMP IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups For invoking IGMP Snooping function you have to check the Enable IGMP Proxy box first for activating the IGMP proxy function Applications gt gt IGMP IGMP Enable IGMP Proxy IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled Refresh Working Multicast Groups Index Group ID Pi P2 P3 P4 Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed through WAN port Enable IGMP Snooping Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed for the clients in LAN Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 P1 to P4 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status If you check Enable IGMP Proxy you will get the following page All the multicast groups will be listed and all the LAN ports P1 to
304. splay the dial out profile selected from the Member drop down list below Active Yes means normal condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Type Display the connection type for that profile such as IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec NICE L2TP over IPSec MUST and so on Member Display the dial out profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below Advanced This button is only available when there is one or more profiles created in this page 170 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide General Setup Add VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide http 192 168 1 1 FPN Load Balance Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer YPN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name MKT Load Balance Algorithm Round Robin O Weighted Round Robin Auto Weighted O According to Speed Ratio Member1 Member2 50 50 O Fastest YPN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy cCreate After insert Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 400 Active In active Delete Binding Dial Out Index i wa Binding Src IP Start 0 0 0 0 End 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest IP Start i End 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest Port Start End Binding Fragmented Binding Protocol ANY v Detail Information VPN Load Balance Profile name MKT Jj Algorithm Round Robin Jj Detailed information for this dialog se
305. ssary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 19 Dray Te k 2 2 4 DHCP Click DHCP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard DHCP Client Mode WAR 1 If your ISP requires you to enter a specific hast name or specific MAC address please enter it in Host Name Koptional MAC oo 60 Fr 22 33 45 optional After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WAN 1 Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access DHCP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Dray Tek 20 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 2 3 Service Activation Wizard 1 Open Service Activation Wizard Quick Start Vizard Online Status WALK mall 2 The screen of Service Activation Wizard will be shown as follows Choose the one you need and click Next In this case we c
306. ssions Limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions Limitation List Index Start IF Specific Limitation stati o Has Sessions enam o Maximum Sessions Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Enable Disable Default session limit Limitation List Start IP End IP Maximum Number Add Edit Delete Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 3 8 2 Bandwidth Limit Click this button to activate the function of limit session Click this button to close the function of limit session Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Defines the start IP address for limit session Defines the end IP address for limit session Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete the selected settings existing on the limitation list You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set p
307. sted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CaA 1 lew Delete Trusted CA 2 ley Delete Trusted CA 3 le Delete IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted C4 certificate file Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information Ei http ff192 168 1 1 Certificate Information Microsoft Internet Explorer Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CaA 1 Issuer Subject Subject Alternative Name valid From Valid To VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 183 Dray Te k 3 11 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption password for these ce
308. t Aw Ei 132 168 110 192 168 1 18 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN2 WAR 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 172 16 3 102 197 166 1 10 Choose PC Dray Tek 60 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status LL K 2 x ae x 4 x ala x G T x a x 9 10 z lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service WAN Interface Display the WAN interface for the entry Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to
309. t Profile Profile Index 16 profile Name Check for Disallow Tunneling L Sacks4 5 LIJPGPNet LIHTTE Proxy UTOR LI VAN LJ SoftEther FolderShare IMS TEREDO LI Wujie UltraSurf Hamachi LIHTTE Tunnel J Ping Tunnel LI Tiny PN Streaming Comms CIRTSP LI TVAnts CJPPStream LIPPlive LJ FeiDian LJuusee LINSPlayer JPcast CI TYKoo Sopcast TuDLivex LITVUPlayer LImMySee Joast Flash ideo Remote Control LI VAC LJ Radmin U Spyanywhere C ShowMyPe L LogMeln Teamviewer L Gogrok RemoteContralPra CrossLoop O WindowsRDP LJpcAnywhere Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the protocols that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile 3 6 CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management IM P2P Filtering As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time Content Filtering To provide an
310. t to use Dynamic TEI 3 12 3 Dial to a Single ISP Dial to Dual ISPs Select Dialing to a Single ISP if you access the Internet via a single ISP VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 185 Dray Tek ISON gt Dialing to a Single ISP Single ISP ISP Access Setup PPP MP Setup ISP Name fs Link Type Dialup BOD w PPP Authentication PAP or CHAF Idle Timeout 180 second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Password fs Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP C Require ISP callback CBCP Fixed IP Address fs Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup ISP Access Setup ISP Name Enter your ISP name such as Seednet Hinet and so on Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by your ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP Require ISP Callback CBCP If your ISP supports the callback function check this box to activate the Callback Control Protocol during the PPP negotiation Scheduler 1 15 Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the Internet access according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 9 2 Schedule for detailed configuration PPP MP Setup Link Type There are three link types provided here for different purpose Link Disable disables the ISDN dial out function Dialup 64Kbps allows you to use one ISDN B channel for Internet access Dialup 128Kbps allows you to use both ISDN B channels for Internet access Dialup BOD stan
311. take 5 seconds to reboot the system In addition you can enter the index of schedule profiles to reboot your system according to the preconfigured schedules When you finish the reboot time schedule please click OK to save it For detailed configuration of time schedule please refer to section Schedule VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 233 Dray Te k 3 16 9 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www draytek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp draytek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file es 2 Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade TFTP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware version 3 3 4 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK ta start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the Upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatical
312. te 126 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Below shows an example with DT KL signature used Defense Configuration gt gt Signature Upgrade Signature Upgrade Setting Signature Version DT KL_2 46 0 0 Signature Build Date Wed Jan 13 10 02 36 00 2010 Upgrade via interface VAN 1 ha Setup download server auto selected find more Setup query server auto selected find more Signature authentication download message Upgrade Automatically C Scheduled Update Every hour minutes after the hour Daily hours cminute Weekly day hour minutej 3 7 7 Status This field will shows the status for the license start date and expire date for Anti Intrusion Anti Virus service If your account or router is still not activated the word Not Activated will be displayed here to inform you Defense Configuration gt gt Status Anti Intrusion Anti irus License Status Not Activated Signature Version basic Signature Build Date Tue Aug 29 09 16 25 00 2006 Current Download Server auto selected Current Query Server auto selected Signature Authentication Download Message for Anti Intrusion Anti irus pO 4nti Spam License Status Not Activated Authentication Message for Anti Spam po Web Filter License Status Not Activated Authentication Message for Web Filter License pO VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 127 Dray Te k Below is a sample page with valid license Defense Configuration gt gt
313. te network only allows you to dial in with single remote network you have IP please choose NAT otherwise choose Route to do Change default route to Check this box to change the default route with this VPN this VPN tunnel Only tunnel Be aware that this setting is available only for one single WAN supports this WAN interface is enabled It is not available when both WAN interfaces are enabled 3 10 7 VPN TRUNK Management VPN trunk includes four features VPN Backup VPN load balance GRE over IPSec and Binding tunnel policy Features of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Mechanism VPN TRUNK Management is a backup mechanism which can set multiple VPN tunnels as backup tunnel It can assure the network connection not to be cut off due to network environment blocked by any reason gt VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism can judge abnormal situation for the environment of VPN server and correct it to complete the backup of VPN Tunnel in real time VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 167 Dray Te k gt VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism is compliant with all WAN modes single multi gt Dial out connection types contain IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec and ISDN depends on hardware specification gt The web page is simple to understand and easy to configure gt Fully compliant with VPN Server LAN Side Single Multi Network gt Mail Alert support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration
314. ternet jungle eee More customer oriented services are planned for MyVigor site for the display DrayTek Corp near future VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 245 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek 2 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile Eppersonal Information Draytek provides My Vigor myvigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use My igor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the tems without any reasons tt is suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use My Vigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service t means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement please stop using MyYigor service 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 3 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fieids marked by are required Gaareement Account Information UserName Password Confirm Password Sa aa 4 20 characters
315. the anti virus rule Detailed View for Anti Virus From the fourteen types of anti virus list click any one of them to access into next page The detailed view list for anti virus rule will be shown as below Dray Tek 112 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Defense Configuration gt gt Anti Virus gt gt Virus List Anti irus Detail iew Page 28 MAME SID MAMME SID Bkdr Agent atci 31032 Bkdr Agent la 4483 Bkdr Agent agkm 30566 Bkdr Agent ms 2736 Bkdr Agent ahe 7 FO6 Bkdr Agent nt 2222 Bkdr Agent alnt 35565 Bkdr Agent nx 2754 Bkdr Agent alnv 35566 Bkdr Agent uek 32450 Bkdr Agent aly 10163 Bkdr Agobot adb 6029 Bkdr Agent amhs 36411 Bkdr Agobot adg 5424 Bkdr Agent amms 37687 Bkdr Agobot afk 5427 BkdrAgent amre a7670 Bkdr Agobot qen 6275 Bkdr Agent anef 37194 Bkdr Agobot gen 1 b224 BkdrAgent aou 12567 Bkdr Agobot gen 10 5403 Bkdr Agent ddm 15135 EBkdr Agobot gen 1 1 5401 NAME A brief description name for the anti virus rule is shown in this field Click the name link to access into VigorPro website for checking the detailed information for the specified anti virus SID The number for each anti virus rule is displayed in this field Page Type the page number in this field if there is more than one page of anti virus detail view displayed on this page Then click Go to the specified page Or you can click gt gt gt lt lt or gt i button on the right side of the Go button to access to the home previous next end
316. the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Certificate for Dial in Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES Mlspes M AES Data will be encrypted and authentic Dr ay Tek 150 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method 3 10 4 IPSec Peer Identity This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Certificate for Dial in Choose the local certificate that generated or imported on Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Confirm the pre shared key Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By de
317. the ISDN interface in some models the ISDN dial backup feature and its associated setup options are not available to them Please refer to the previous part for further information None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Mean maximum transmission unit of one packet The default value is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Al
318. the action the software will not accept the incoming call 3 12 5 Call Control Some applications require that the router only for the ISDN models be remotely activated or be able to dial up to the ISP via the ISDN interface Vigor routers provide this feature by allowing user to make a phone call to the router and then ask it to dial up to the ISP Accordingly a teleworker can access the remote network to retrieve resources Of course a fixed IP address is required for WAN connection and some internal network resource has to be exposed for remote users such as FTP WWW Dray Tek 192 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide ISDN gt Call Control Call Control Setup Dial Retry Dial Delay Interval PPP MP Dial OQut Setup Basic Setup Link Type PPP Authentication TCP Header Compression Idle Timeout Call Control Setup Basic Setup VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide boo times Remote Activation Oooo 0 second s Bandwidth On Demand BOD Setup Dialup BOD v High Water Mark rooi cps PAP or CHAP High Water Time 30 second s Low Water Mark snog cps 180 seconds Low Water Time a0 second s Dial Retry It specifies the dial retry counts per triggered packet A triggered packet is the packet whose destination is outside the local network The default setting is no dial retry If set to 5 for each triggered packet the router will dial 5 times until it is connected to the ISP or remote access router Dial Dela
319. the line of VLANI VLAN gt Wired VLAN Configuration Wired VLAN Configuration Enable P1 P2 P3 P4 YLANO YLAMI YLANZ YLAN3 Enable Check this box to enable this function for VLAN Configuration P1 P4 Check the box to make the computer connecting to the port being grouped in specified VLAN Be aware that each port can be grouped in different VLAN at the same time only if you check the box For example if you check the boxes of VLANO P1 and VLANI P1 you can make P1 to be grouped under VLANO and VLANI simultaneously VLANO 3 This router allows you to set 4 groups of virtual LAN VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 209 Dr ay Te k VLAN gt Wired VLAN Configuration Wired LAN Configuration Enable P1 P P3 P4 LANO F d YLAN1 C F VLAN C al a C VLAN C F C d 3 14 2 Wireless VLAN PCs equipped with wireless network cards connected to the router through wireless interface can be divided into different groups and formed W_VLAN PCs under the same groups can share each other information through the router and will not be peeked by other groups PCs under the same groups can use same Login ID and password to access into Internet For example see the following graphic Both A and B use the same login ID City and password 1234 Therefore they are grouped in the same W_VLAN Login ID City Login ID Home Password 1234 Password 7890 e nae The VLAN gt gt Wireless VALN allo
320. the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router update your signature again is recommended Copyright amp DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Close Dray Tek 268 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 9 Click Close 10 Open Defense Configuration gt gt lt Activation page of the router s web configurator The start date and expire date for the license are shown in this page Defense Configuration gt gt Activation Activate via interface WAN 1 w Anti Intrusion Anti irus License Activate Status OT OT Start Date 2010 05 03 Expire Date 2011 05 04 Anti Spam License Activate Status CTCH Start Date 2010 05 03 Expire Date 2010 06 02 Activate Authentication Message WebFilter Get new license successful 2010 05 03 06 57 32 Anti Spam Get new license successful 2010 05 03 06 41 45 AYLI Get new license successful 2010 05 05 06 31 09 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the Syslog If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Now you have finished all the procedure for activating WCF service for your router Note You are allowed to use this version with WCF feature for few days after registration for your router In addition you will be informed with an e mail before expire date of this version VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 269 Dray Te k 4 5 Backup and Upgrade Signature for Anti Intru
321. thenticated please set URL as the following http IP address of VigorACS 8080 ACSServer services UnAuthACSServ let Username Password Type username and password for ACS Server for authentication For example if you want to use such CPE with VigorACS you can type as the following Username acs Password password It is not necessary for you to type them Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server G Dray Tek Periodic Inform Settings STUN Settings 3 16 3 Administrator Password Enable Disable Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might want to change port number for CPE Please click Enable and change the port number Disable The system will not send inform message to ACS server Enable The system will send inform message to ACS server periodically with the time set in the box of interval time The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification Disable The system will not send connection request binding message to STUN server The default setting is Disable Enable The system will send connection request binding message to STUN server Server IP Type the domain name or IP address of the STUN server Server Port Type the server port The default setting is 3478 Minimum Keep Alive Period The default set
322. tically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Details Page for PPP To use PPP for 3G USB Modem as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPP mode for WAN2 The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPP Client Mode O Enable Disable Modem Initial String Default AT amp FE0Y 1X 1 amp 028C1S0 0 Modem Dial String Default ATOT 99 PPP Username Po Optional PPP Password Po Optional Indexf1 15 in Schedule Setup PPP Client Mode SIM PIN code Modem Initial String APN Name Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Click Enable to activate this mode for WAN2 Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Access Point Name is provided by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Activate the function of identification Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP
323. ting is 60 seconds It determines the minimum period that the STUN binding request must be sent by the CPE to maintain the binding Maximum Keep Alive Period It determines the maximum period that the STUN binding request must be sent by the CPE to maintain the binding This page allows you to set new password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Dray Tek Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank Type in new password in this field Type in the new password again 226 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 3 16 4 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file Oo O 2 Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download a You a
324. tion YJ Compression On Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup L Callback Function CBCP CO Require Remote to Callback O Provide ISDN Number to Remote 4 J J If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 connection PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Link Type Username draytek Password COLLIO PAP CHAP on O off PPP Authentication YJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH O High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Callback Function CBCP C Require Remote to Callback C Provide ISDN Number to Remote 4 4 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial
325. tions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both Dr ay Tek 98 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Log URL Access Control VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Both Pass Both Block Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only th
326. to negotiation 10M half duplex 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex a Dray Tek Load Balance Mode If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode Auto Weigh According to Line Speed Line Speed If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading through WAN1 WAN2 The unit is kbps Active Mode Choose Always On to make the WAN connection WANI WAN2 being activated always or choose Active on demand to make the WAN connection WAN1 WAN2 activated if it is necessary Active Mode Active on demand Always On Active on demand If you choose Active on demand the Idle Timeout will be available for you to set for PPPoE and PPTP access modes in the Details Page of WAN gt gt Internet Access In addition there are three selections for you to choose for different purposes WAN2 Fail It means the connection for WAN1 will be activated when WAN2 is failed WAN2 Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN2 Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WAN2 Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN2 Download speed exceed certain value that you s
327. ture Version basic Signature Build Date Tue Aug 29 09 16 25 00 2006 Upgrade via interface WAN 1 Setup download server auto selected find more Setup query server auto selected find more Signature authentication download message Upgrade Automatically Scheduled Update Every hour minutes after the hour Daily hour minute weekly day hour cminute Signature Upgrade It displays the signature version for your reference There are three Setting levels for the signature basic If you did not register and activate your account you can just own the default 200 or more anti intrusion and anti virus rules for your router DT DT DT KL_XXXXXX If you have registered and activated your AI AV account and downloaded the newest rules from www vigorpro com you can see DT DT DT KL in this field that means you have obtained the latest signature information Upgrade via Choose WAN interface used by such device for upgrading Interface signature Setup download The default setting is auto selected You can change the setting if it server Setup query is required to be Click the find more link to get more information server Dray Tek 124 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Signature authentication downl oad message Upgrade Manually VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Please choose a download server query server of the continent that your router is located Zone Service Provider Download Server Query Server
328. tus and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address S Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status AA General Internet Gateway Broadband gt 5 ee cata rile WAN Miniport PPPOE Network Tasks E Create a new connection f Set up a home or small office network Status Connected Diaki Duration 00 19 06 es eee Speed 100 0 Mbps i i Network Troubleshooter SA Deemed m E 1 DrayTek ISDN PPF Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway wd 4 GB Control Panel Ip Broadband Connection on 45 a My Network Places Said Patas E My Documents 3 Sent 404 734 Recened 1 115 BEE My Computer 3 ease __LAN or High Speed Internet Local 4rea Connection Enabled ld Realtek RTL8139 810x Family Details Close Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Dray Tek 144 Vig
329. uide 65 Dray Te k 1 SYN flood attack 9 Smurf attack 2 UDP flood attack 10 SYN fragment 3 ICMP flood attack 11 ICMP fragment 4 TCP Flag scan 12 Tear drop attack 5 Trace route 13 Fraggle attack 6 IP options 14 Ping of Death attack 7 Unknown protocol 15 TCP UDP port scan 8 Land attack Anti Virus and Anti Intrusion Users might have much more confidence about the security in the network for data transmission if the functions of anti virus and anti intrusion are activated The VigorPro router offers the mechanism of anti virus and anti intrusion What you have to do is to set the proper profiles and invoke them The anti virus profile and anti intrusion configuration can be set in Anti Virus menu refer to section 3 7 and Anti Intrusion menu refer to section 3 6 However the mechanism must be enabled either in Firewall gt gt General Setup or Firewall gt gt Filter Setup web page After you choose proper Anti Virus profile and check Anti Intrusion box the Anti Virus and Anti Intrusion LEDs on the front panel will light up Below shows the menu items for Firewall Firewrall 3 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filte
330. ult is the default profile some files with the file extensions specified in this profile will be ignored and not be scanned by Vigor router Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 default ale 2 b 3 f 4 8 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 89 Dray Te k Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Profile Name default Categories File Extensions Image Select All bmp dib gif jpeg Jpg jpg jo Clear All Be DE pic pict png tif tiff Video Select All Hast Mavi Hmo Mimpe Mimpeg M mpg M mp4 Clear All i gt M rm Hwn Mago M egpp M agpp2 M 3g2 Audio Select All SEE aiff aU mp3 m4a md agg Clear All ss Kam VOX DEL WTA Java Select All Ll class jad LC jar LJ jay L java C jcm die O jse O jsp CI jtk Clear All Actives Select All Cals Happ O as O ocs O olb C ole C tlb Clear All LI viv LI vrm Compression Select All L ace P Pl bape Ebe C cab LI gz C gzip LI rar LJ sit LJ zip Clear All Executation select All L bas 1 bat L com exe Cl inf Ll pif LJ reg Clear All Eser Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click O
331. use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router IPSec Policy Seting My IP 172 16 3 100 Type oF IPSec O Standard IPSec Tunnel Remote Subnet Remote Subnet Mask sa G Virture IP Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask Security Method Mediumi AH Authority Method Pre shared Key ae Certification Guthority If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN server then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 283 Dr ay Te k Dial To TEN Session Name office VPN Server IPM HOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 09 or draytek com 192 168 1 1 User Name drayvtek_userl Password EEIE Type of YPM PPTP C L2TP 1PSec Tunnel LATP over IPSec PPTP Encryption Cy Blo encryption O Maximum strength encryption
332. uthentication Method ISDN Pre Shared Key PPTP IPSec Tunnel CO Digital Signature x 509 L2TP with IPSec Policy None v SSL Tunnel IPSec Security Method O Specify Remote Node f Medium AH Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number High ESP DES 3DES AES or Peer ID Local ID faptional To check if SSL Tunnel is activated or not please open Draytek SSL VPN portal interface From the web page you will see the message to indicate the SSL Tunnel is activated DrayTek Provide SSL VPN logout J INFO Use SSL Tunnel SSL Tunnel Click Connect to establish an SSL Tunnel to the remote network Warning Keep your browser open to maintain the connection If you reload your browser Vigor SSL Tunnel will disconnect l Change default route to the remote gateway Connect Check the checkbox You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IKE aggressive mode Uncheck the checkbox This means the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel gt Dray Tek SSL
333. vailable for i model only Due to the absence of the ISDN interface in some models the ISDN dial backup feature and its associated setup options are not available to them Please refer to the previous part for further information None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Always On If the broadband connection is no longer available the backup line will be activated automatically and always on until the broadband connection is restored We recommend you to enable this feature if you host a web server for your customers access Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments Dray Tek Connection WAN Connection Detection MTU RIP Protocol WAN IP Network Settings Dray Tek because some ISPs will drop connections if there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode
334. value pli VoIP D6 How do tell the type of my Vigor Router is AnnexA or AnnexB For ADSL model only QoS 07 Ways for firmware upgrade ISDN 08 Why is SNMP removed in firmware 2 3 6 and above for Vigor2200 Series routers 09 failed to upgrade Vigor Router s firmware fram my Mac machine constantly what should do 10 How to upgrade firmware of Vigor Router remotely FAQ Printer Server 01 How do configure LPR printing on Windows2000 P 02 How do configure LPR printing on Windows98 Me 03 How do configure LPR printing on Linux boxes 04 Why there are some strange print out when try to print my documents through Vigor210 AP 2300 s p Tee What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router 06 What are the limitations in the USB Printer Port of Vigor Router 07 What is the printing buffer size of Vigor Router 08 How do configure LPR printing on Mac OSX 09 How do configure LPR printing on My Windows Vista Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN port VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 11 Dray Te k This page is left blank Dray Tek 12 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Configuring Basic Settings For use the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings
335. ve created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion Gs reement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E Preterences START 10 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek com Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation link below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 11 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site YY Register Confirm Thank for your register in VigorPro Web Site The Register process is completed Dray Tek 252 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 12 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Password eese Auth Code 14 n 1 C Ifyou cannot read the word Click here Forget password Dont have a My iger Account Y Create an accou
336. vent in certain range by specifying start IP end IP AI count AV count time interval and etc Start IP End IP Specify the range for specific limitation starting IP and ending IP AI Count type the number for the system to block the connection of the source IP within the range of specific limitation for AI events AV Count type the number for the system to block the connection of the source IP within the range of specific limitation for AV events Time Interval type the time for the system to wait and execute the action of blocking Add Click this button to add one new condition for AI AV count to the list above Edit Click this button to modify selected item listed on Limitation List Delete Click this button to delete the selected item listed on Limitation List You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page a Dray Tek 3 7 6 Signature Upgrade You can get the most updated signature from DrayTek s server if the license key of anti virus anti intrusion for the VigorPro 5510 is not expired Before you upgrade the signature please check the validation information either from WEB user interface of VigorPro 5510 or account information from www vigorpro com Defense Configuration gt gt Signature Upgrade Signature Upgrade Setting Signa
337. version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build System CPU Usage Display current usage of CPU Total Memory Display the total memory of your hard disk Memory Usage Display current usage of memory VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 223 Dray Tek LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface 1 IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface 1 Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS WANI WAN2 Link Status Display the connection status MAC Address Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Connection Display the connection mode used currently IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway Wireless LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Frequency Domain It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various Firmware Version Display information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi card SSID Display the identification name for the WLAN 3 16 2 TR 069 Setting Vigor router with
338. vice Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established ICMP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and ICMP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established IGMP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and IGMP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established Other means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here with different TCP Service Port UDP Service Port ICMP IGMP such binding tunnel table can be established This field will display detailed information for Binding Tunnel Policy Below shows a successful binding tunnel policy for load balance E http 192 168_1_ 1 PH Load Balance Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer YPN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name MKT Load Balance Algorithm Round Robin O Weighted Round Robin Auto Weighted According to Speed Ratio Member1 Member2 50 50 O Fastest YPN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy cCreate O After insert Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 400 Active In active Delete Binding Dial Out Index 1 Binding Src IP Start 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest IP Start 0 0 0 0
339. ware File C Documents and Settings C arrie ggas Password Sending Now the firmware update is finished VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 291 Dr ay Te k 5 6 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CA Server A CA Server B Q User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI a Userrequests a certificate issued by CA Server Aand Saves it 1 Goto Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Cerificate Management gt Local Certificate x509 Local Certificate Configuration Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH Dray Tek 292 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Signing Request Certificate Name Local 1 Subject Alternative Name Type Domain Name Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Organization Oo Organization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E Key Type Key Size Domain Name gt draytek com fiw CO Drayte k n aan pressi draytek com 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Subject Status Modify C TW O Draytek CN Vigor ema Request
340. we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT 3 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 55 Dray Te k Internet Destined to 1220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status E 2 3 4 J 6 8 g 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt P
341. web access to web 22 99 sites or web pages such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p_386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter to open the profile setting page CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Mame Profile Mame 1 J 2 6 3 i 4 amp Administration Message Mas 255 characters lt hody gt lt center gt lt hr gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by your system administrator s lt p gt Flease contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Priority Both Pass Log 1 URL Access Control JEnable URL Access Control Prevent web access from IP address Action Group Object Selections OO w 7 Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Action Cl cookie LJ Proxy LJUpload File Extension Profile Profile Name Type the name for such profile Priority It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the condi
342. wed to connect with the router See Statistics Add to WDS Settings AP s MAC address LLE Bridge Repeater If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page Dray Tek 206 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 3 13 7 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes G Connected No encryption E Connected WEP P Connected WPA A Connected WPAz B Blocked by Access Control M Connecting F Fail to pass WPA PSE authentication Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Add to Access Control Client s MAC address T H T Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current selected MAC address into Access Control VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 207 Dray Te k 3 13 8 Station Rate Control This page allows y
343. working to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary software to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www draytek com download center Install as instructed After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host Smart YPN Client 3 2 2 WinXP fc Step l This step will add the ProhibitIpSec registry value to computer in order to configure a LATP IPSec connection using a pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more infomation please read the article O240262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Step 1 Dial to ISP IF vou have already gotten a public IP you can skip this step Step 2 Connect to YPN Server Insert Remove Status Mo connection PPTP ISP amp YPN In Step 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry 282 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below Dial To TEN Session Name Office VPN Server IP HOST Nametsuch as 125 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 166 1 1 User Mame Password Type of YPM O PPTP CI L2TP COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption C Use default gateway on remote network You may further specify the method you
344. ws you to configure Wireless VLAN settings through wireless connection to achieve the above intention Simply type Login ID and password with City and 1234 in the boxes of W_VLANO And type Login ID and password with Home and 7890 in the boxes of W_VLANI1 Users can configure fifteen groups of wireless VLAN in this page Dray Tek 210 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide VLAN gt Wireless VLAN Setup Wireless LAN Configuration Enable View Online Station Table W_WLAN Login ID Password Attributes W_ YLAN Login ID Password Attributes T Details Details z 1 Details q Details 2 Details 10 Details Details 11 Details Details 12 Details Details 13 Details Details 14 Details Details 15 Details ai mii AIT CU CULU AGI C Disable broadcast and multicast traffic Notes 1 Login ID 1 11 characters Password 1 11 characters 2 Disable broadcast and multicast traffic to maximize wireless VLAN security however the WLAN throughput will be reduced 3 Login URL for wireless clients http f www draytek vilan login htm or http C igar IP Address login htm Enable Check this box to invoke wireless VLAN function Login ID Type Login ID for different groups of W_VLAN with 1 to 11 characters Password Type password for different groups of W_VLAN with 1 to 11 characters Details Click this button to set additional attributes settings for W_VLAN VLAN gt gt Wireless VLAN Setup W_YLANO Attributes bg
345. xample if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 1000kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Reserved Bandwidth Ratio It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Enable UDP Bandwidth Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right Control field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of bandwidth Outbound TCP ACK The difference in bandwidth between download and upload Prioritize are great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 133 Dray Te k Limited_bandwidth Ratio The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP application Online Statistics D
346. y Interval It specifies the interval between dialup retries By default the interval is O second Remote Activation It can help users who would like to access the server which is off the Internet in the head office To remotely make the server to be available on the Internet i e make the router in the head office activating its Internet access either by dialing up or starting broadband connection users can make a regular phone call the number is set in the Remote Activation field to the router as signaling it for activation The phone call will be soon disconnected once the router is on line Note that Dialing to a Single ISP should be pre configured properly Link Type Because ISDN has two B channels 64Kbps per channel you can specify whether you would like to have single B channel two B channels or BOD Bandwidth on Demand Four options are available Link Disable Dialup 64Kbps Dialup 128Kbps Dialup BOD Link Type Dialup BOD Link Disable Dialup b4k bps Dialup 126Kbps Dialup BOD PPP Authentication It specifies the PPP authentication method for PPP MP connections Normally you can set it to PAP CHAP for better compatibility TCP Header Compression VJ Compression It is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally it is set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization ae Dray Tek Idle Timeout Because our IDSN link type is Dial On Demand the connection will be initiated only when needed
347. y Te k 5 Double click on the icon of router tool The setup wizard will appear Sp Setup DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup RTsy420 DrayTek Router Tools 44 2 0 Setup DrayTek corp f 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the installation 7 From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility Firmware Uperade Utility 3 5 1 Time Gukt Sec Router IP Bo A Pork Firmware File Password 8 Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 9 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the old custom settings and xxxx rst reset all the custom settings to default settings Choose any one of them that you need Firmware Uperade Utility 3 5 1 Time Cutt Sec Router IP 192 168 1 m Port Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie m Password Dray Tek 290 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 10 Click Send Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time QuktSec Router IP 192 160 1 1 Fort Firm
348. you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page 82 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide Address Type Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected Invert Selection If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen Below is an example of IP objects settings Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Name ls RD Department 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department 4 VigorPro5510 Series User s Guide 83 Dray Te k 3 5 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name fe fo fia Pa PR PRD Pa PRP PP PP emt met
349. ype for transmission by choosing the index LAN to LAN Profile Index for such binding tunnel table Binding Set IP Start End Specify source IP addresses as starting point and ending point Binding Dest IP Start End Specify destination IP addresses as starting point and ending point Binding Dest Port Start End Specify destination service port as starting point and ending point Binding Fragmented Non fragmented packets will be bound with such tunnel table if you choose No Fragmented packets will be bound with such tunnel table if you choose Yes Binding Protocol Any means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here such binding tunnel table can be established for TCP Service Port UDP Service Port ICMP IGMP specified here TCP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and TCP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established UDP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and UDP Service Port also fits the number here such i Dray Tek Detail Information Dray Tek binding tunnel table can be established TCP UPD means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and TCP UDP Ser
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
Operators Manual - Strand Lighting Lenovo 42T4911 rechargeable battery 取扱説明書 - So-net BATTERIE NUMÉRIQUE MANUAL DE USUARIO PLCAB ステレオデジタルアンプ TA-DR1a BBDB User Manual LM6100 Series LCD Monitor Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file